bfd:
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
40b36596 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81
NC
105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 107
0285c67d 108Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 109under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
110or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
111with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
112Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 113section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
114
115@c man end
0e9517a9 116@end copying
252b5132
RH
117
118@titlepage
119@title Using @value{AS}
120@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
121@ifclear GENERIC
122@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
123@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
124@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
125@sp 1
126@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
127@end ifset
252b5132
RH
128@sp 1
129@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
130@sp 1
131@sp 13
b45619c0 132The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 133Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 134first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
135The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
136distracting the boss while they got some work
137done.
138@sp 3
139@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
140@page
141@tex
142{\parskip=0pt
143\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
144\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
145}
146%"boxit" macro for figures:
147%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
148\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
149 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
150#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
151\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
152@end tex
153
154@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81
NC
155Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1562000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 157
cf055d54 158 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 159 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
160 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
161 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
162 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 163 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 164
252b5132 165@end titlepage
4ecceb71 166@contents
252b5132 167
2e64b665 168@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
169@node Top
170@top Using @value{AS}
171
e49e529d
JM
172This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
173@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
174@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
175@end ifset
176version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 177@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 178This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
179code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
180@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
181
182This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
183Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 184section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 185
252b5132
RH
186@menu
187* Overview:: Overview
188* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
189* Syntax:: Syntax
190* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
191* Symbols:: Symbols
192* Expressions:: Expressions
193* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
194@ifset ELF
195* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
196@end ifset
252b5132
RH
197* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
198* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
199* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 200* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 201* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 202@end menu
2e64b665 203@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
204
205@node Overview
206@chapter Overview
207@iftex
a4fb0134 208This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 209@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 210This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
211code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
212@end ifclear
213@end iftex
214
215@cindex invocation summary
216@cindex option summary
217@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 218Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 219see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 220
0285c67d
NC
221@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
222
a4fb0134 223@ignore
0285c67d
NC
224@c man begin SEEALSO
225gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
226@c man end
a4fb0134 227@end ignore
0285c67d 228
252b5132
RH
229@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
230@c to be limited to one line for the header.
231@smallexample
0285c67d 232@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 233@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 234 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 235 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
237 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
238 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
239 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
240 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
241 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
243 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
244 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
245 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
246@c
247@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 248@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
249@ifset ALPHA
250
251@emph{Target Alpha options:}
252 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
253 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 254 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
255 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
256 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
257@end ifset
252b5132 258@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
259
260@emph{Target ARC options:}
261 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
262 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
263@end ifset
264@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
265
266@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 267@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
268 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
269 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
270 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
271 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 272 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 273 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
275 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
276 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 277 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 278@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
279@ifset Blackfin
280
281@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
283 [@b{-mfdpic}]
284 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
285 [@b{-mnopic}]
286@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
287@ifset CRIS
288
289@emph{Target CRIS options:}
290 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
291 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
292 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 293 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
294@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
295@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
296@end ifset
252b5132 297@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
298
299@emph{Target D10V options:}
300 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
301@end ifset
302@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
303
304@emph{Target D30V options:}
305 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
306@end ifset
307@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
308
309@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
310 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
311@end ifset
312@ifset HPPA
313@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
314@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
315@ifset I80386
316
317@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 318 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 319 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
322
323@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 324@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
325 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
326 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
327 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 328@end ifset
587fe2b3 329@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 330
9e32ca89
NC
331@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
332 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
333 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
334 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 335 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 336 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 337 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
338 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
339@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
340@ifset IP2K
341
342@emph{Target IP2K options:}
343 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
344@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
345@ifset M32C
346
347@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 348 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 349@end ifset
587fe2b3 350@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 351
a4fb0134
SC
352@emph{Target M32R options:}
353 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 354 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 355@end ifset
252b5132 356@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
357
358@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
359 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 360@end ifset
60bcf0fa 361@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
362
363@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 364 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
365 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
366 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 367 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
368 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
369 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
370@end ifset
371@ifset MCORE
372
373@emph{Target MCORE options:}
374 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
375 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 376@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
377@ifset MICROBLAZE
378@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
379@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
380@end ifset
252b5132 381@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
382
383@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 384 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 385 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 386 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
387 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
388 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 389 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 390 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
391 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
392 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 394 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 395 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 396 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 397 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 398 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 399 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
400 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
401 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
402 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 403 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 404 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
405@end ifset
406@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
407
408@emph{Target MMIX options:}
409 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
410 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
411 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 412 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
413@end ifset
414@ifset PDP11
415
416@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
417 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
418 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 419 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
420@end ifset
421@ifset PJ
422
423@emph{Target picoJava options:}
424 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
425@end ifset
426@ifset PPC
427
428@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
429 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 430 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 431 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
432 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
433 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
434 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
435 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
436@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
437@ifset RX
438
439@emph{Target RX options:}
440 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
441 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
442 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
443@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
444@ifset S390
445
446@emph{Target s390 options:}
447 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
448 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
449 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
450@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
451@ifset SCORE
452
453@emph{Target SCORE options:}
454 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
455 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
456 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
457 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset SPARC
460
461@emph{Target SPARC options:}
462@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
463 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
464 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
465 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
466 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset TIC54X
469
470@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 471 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
472 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
473@end ifset
3c9b82ba 474
40b36596
JM
475@ifset TIC6X
476
477@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
478 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-matomic}|@b{-mno-atomic}]
b5593623 479 [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}]
40b36596
JM
480@end ifset
481
3c9b82ba
NC
482@ifset Z80
483
484@emph{Target Z80 options:}
485 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
486 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
487 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
488 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
489 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
490 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
491 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
492@end ifset
493
a4fb0134
SC
494@ifset Z8000
495@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 496@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
497@ifset XTENSA
498
499@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 500 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 501 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 502 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 503 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 504@end ifset
0285c67d 505@c man end
252b5132
RH
506@end smallexample
507
0285c67d
NC
508@c man begin OPTIONS
509
a4fb0134 510@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 511@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 512
83f10cb2 513@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
514Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
515
a4fb0134 516@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
517@item -ac
518omit false conditionals
519
520@item -ad
521omit debugging directives
522
83f10cb2
NC
523@item -ag
524include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
525
252b5132
RH
526@item -ah
527include high-level source
528
529@item -al
530include assembly
531
532@item -am
533include macro expansions
534
535@item -an
536omit forms processing
537
538@item -as
539include symbols
540
541@item =file
542set the name of the listing file
543@end table
544
545You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
546listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
547the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
548
caa32fe5 549@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
550Begin in alternate macro mode.
551@ifclear man
552@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
553@end ifclear
caa32fe5 554
955974c6
CC
555@item --compress-debug-sections
556Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
557to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
558compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
559
560@item --nocompress-debug-sections
561Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
562
252b5132
RH
563@item -D
564Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
565other assemblers.
566
3d6b762c
JM
567@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
568When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
569information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
570
252b5132
RH
571@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
572Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
573@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
574indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
575value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
576use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
577
578@item -f
579``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
580compiler output).
581
329e276d
NC
582@item -g
583@itemx --gen-debug
584Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
585debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
586ECOFF or DWARF2.
587
252b5132
RH
588@item --gstabs
589Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
590may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
591
05da4302
NC
592@item --gstabs+
593Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
594extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
595debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
596may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
597the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
598
329e276d 599@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 600Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 601may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 602option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 603
252b5132
RH
604@item --help
605Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
606
ea20a7da
CC
607@item --target-help
608Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
609
252b5132
RH
610@item -I @var{dir}
611Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
612
613@item -J
614Don't warn about signed overflow.
615
616@item -K
617@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
618This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
619@end ifclear
620@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
621Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
622@end ifset
623
624@item -L
625@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
626Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
627system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
628or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
629@ifclear man
630@xref{Symbol Names}.
631@end ifclear
252b5132 632
c3a27914
NC
633@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
634Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
635listing to @var{number}.
636
637@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
638Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
639lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
640
641@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
642Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
643@var{number} bytes.
644
645@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
646Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
647to @var{number} + 1.
648
252b5132 649@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 650Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
651
652@item -R
653Fold the data section into the text section.
654
4bdd3565
NC
655@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
656Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
657@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
658assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
659memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
660requirements at the expense of speed.
661
662@item --reduce-memory-overheads
663This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
664assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
665@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
666
252b5132
RH
667@item --statistics
668Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
669assembly.
670
671@item --strip-local-absolute
672Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
673
674@item -v
675@itemx -version
a4fb0134 676Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
677
678@item --version
a4fb0134 679Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
680
681@item -W
2bdd6cf5 682@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
683Suppress warning messages.
684
2bdd6cf5
GK
685@item --fatal-warnings
686Treat warnings as errors.
687
688@item --warn
689Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
690
252b5132
RH
691@item -w
692Ignored.
693
694@item -x
695Ignored.
696
697@item -Z
698Generate an object file even after errors.
699
700@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
701Standard input, or source files to assemble.
702
703@end table
704
705@ifset ARC
706The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
707an ARC processor.
708
a4fb0134 709@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
710@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
711This option selects the core processor variant.
712@item -EB | -EL
713Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
714@end table
715@end ifset
716
717@ifset ARM
718The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
719processor family.
720
a4fb0134 721@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 722@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 723Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 724@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 725Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 726@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 727Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
728@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
729Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
730@item -mthumb
731Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 732@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
733Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
734@item -EB | -EL
735Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
736@item -mthumb-interwork
737Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
738ARM code in mind.
739@item -k
740Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
741@end table
742@end ifset
743
9982501a
JZ
744@ifset Blackfin
745The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
746the Blackfin processor family.
747
748@table @gcctabopt
749@item -mcpu=@var{processor}@r{[}-@var{sirevision}@r{]}
750This option specifies the target processor. The optional @var{sirevision}
751is not used in assembler.
752@item -mfdpic
753Assemble for the FDPIC ABI.
1f9bb1ca
AS
754@item -mno-fdpic
755@itemx -mnopic
9982501a
JZ
756Disable -mfdpic.
757@end table
758@end ifset
759
328eb32e
HPN
760@ifset CRIS
761See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
762@end ifset
763
252b5132
RH
764@ifset D10V
765The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
766a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 767@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
768@cindex D10V optimization
769@cindex optimization, D10V
770@item -O
771Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
772@end table
773@end ifset
774
775@ifset D30V
776The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
777processor.
a4fb0134 778@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
779@cindex D30V optimization
780@cindex optimization, D30V
781@item -O
782Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
783
784@cindex D30V nops
785@item -n
786Warn when nops are generated.
787
788@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
789@item -N
790Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
791@end table
792@end ifset
793
794@ifset I960
795The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
796Intel 80960 processor.
797
a4fb0134 798@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
799@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
800Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
801
802@item -b
803Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
804
805@item -no-relax
806Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
807error if necessary.
808
809@end table
810@end ifset
811
a40cbfa3
NC
812@ifset IP2K
813The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 814Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
815
816@table @gcctabopt
817
818@item -mip2022ext
819Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
820
821@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 822Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
823just the basic IP2022 ones.
824
825@end table
826@end ifset
827
49f58d10
JB
828@ifset M32C
829The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
830Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
831
832@table @gcctabopt
833
834@item -m32c
835Assemble M32C instructions.
836
837@item -m16c
838Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
839
c54b5932
DD
840@item -relax
841Enable support for link-time relaxations.
842
843@item -h-tick-hex
844Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
845
49f58d10
JB
846@end table
847@end ifset
848
ec694b89
NC
849@ifset M32R
850The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 851Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 852
a4fb0134 853@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
854
855@item --m32rx
856Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
857is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
858
859@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
860Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 861encountered.
ec694b89
NC
862
863@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
864Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
865encountered.
ec694b89
NC
866
867@end table
868@end ifset
252b5132
RH
869
870@ifset M680X0
871The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
872Motorola 68000 series.
873
a4fb0134 874@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
875
876@item -l
877Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
878
0285c67d
NC
879@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
880@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
881@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
882Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
883is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
884
885@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
886The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
887The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
888the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
889two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
890coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
891
892@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
893The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
894unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
895
896@end table
897@end ifset
898
e135f41b
NC
899@ifset PDP11
900
901For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
902see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
903
a4fb0134 904@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
905@item -mpic | -mno-pic
906Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 907default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
908
909@item -mall
910@itemx -mall-extensions
911Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
912
913@item -mno-extensions
914Disable all instruction set extensions.
915
916@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
917Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
918
919@item -m@var{cpu}
920Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
921disable all other extensions.
922
923@item -m@var{machine}
924Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
925model, and disable all other extensions.
926@end table
927
928@end ifset
929
041dd5a9
ILT
930@ifset PJ
931The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
932a picoJava processor.
933
a4fb0134 934@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
935
936@cindex PJ endianness
937@cindex endianness, PJ
938@cindex big endian output, PJ
939@item -mb
940Generate ``big endian'' format output.
941
942@cindex little endian output, PJ
943@item -ml
944Generate ``little endian'' format output.
945
946@end table
947@end ifset
948
60bcf0fa
NC
949@ifset M68HC11
950The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
951Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
952
a4fb0134 953@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 954
d01030e6 955@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
956Specify what processor is the target. The default is
957defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
958
2f904664
SC
959@item -mshort
960Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
961
962@item -mlong
01642c12 963Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
964
965@item -mshort-double
01642c12 966Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
967
968@item -mlong-double
01642c12 969Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 970
1370e33d 971@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
972Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
973conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
974sub routine.
975
1370e33d
NC
976@item -S | --short-branches
977Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
978when the offset is out of range.
979
980@item --strict-direct-mode
981Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
982when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
983
984@item --print-insn-syntax
985Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
986
987@item --print-opcodes
988print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
989
990@item --generate-example
991print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 992This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
993
994@end table
995@end ifset
996
252b5132 997@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 998The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
999for the SPARC architecture:
1000
a4fb0134 1001@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1002@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1003@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1004Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1005
1006@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1007@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1008
1009@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1010UltraSPARC extensions.
1011
1012@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1013For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1014equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1015
1016@item -bump
1017Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1018@end table
1019@end ifset
1020
39bec121
TW
1021@ifset TIC54X
1022The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1023architecture.
39bec121 1024
a4fb0134 1025@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1026@item -mfar-mode
1027Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1028extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1029@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1030Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1031@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1032Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1033behaviour in the shell.
1034@end table
1035@end ifset
1036
252b5132
RH
1037@ifset MIPS
1038The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1039a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1040
a4fb0134 1041@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1042@item -G @var{num}
1043This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1044implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1045use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1046
1047@cindex MIPS endianness
1048@cindex endianness, MIPS
1049@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1050@item -EB
1051Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1052
1053@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1054@item -EL
1055Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1056
1057@cindex MIPS ISA
1058@item -mips1
1059@itemx -mips2
1060@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1061@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1062@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1063@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1064@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1065@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1066@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1067Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1068@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1069alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1070@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1071@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1072@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1073correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1074@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1075and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1076ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1077
1078@item -march=@var{CPU}
1079Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1080
1081@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1082Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1083
1084@item -mfix7000
1085@itemx -mno-fix7000
1086Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1087of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1088
ecb4347a
DJ
1089@item -mdebug
1090@itemx -no-mdebug
1091Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1092section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1093
dcd410fe
RO
1094@item -mpdr
1095@itemx -mno-pdr
1096Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1097
437ee9d5
TS
1098@item -mgp32
1099@itemx -mfp32
1100The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1101flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1102all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1103and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1104
1105@item -mips16
1106@itemx -no-mips16
1107Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1108@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1109turns off this option.
252b5132 1110
e16bfa71
TS
1111@item -msmartmips
1112@itemx -mno-smartmips
1113Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1114equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1115@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1116
1f25f5d3
CD
1117@item -mips3d
1118@itemx -no-mips3d
1119Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1120This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1121@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1122
deec1734
CD
1123@item -mdmx
1124@itemx -no-mdmx
1125Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1126This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1127@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1128
2ef2b9ae
CF
1129@item -mdsp
1130@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1131Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1132This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1133@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1134
8b082fb1
TS
1135@item -mdspr2
1136@itemx -mno-dspr2
1137Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1138This option implies -mdsp.
1139This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1140@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1141
ef2e4d86
CF
1142@item -mmt
1143@itemx -mno-mt
1144Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1145This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1146@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1147
437ee9d5
TS
1148@item --construct-floats
1149@itemx --no-construct-floats
1150The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1151double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1152value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1153the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1154selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1155
1156@cindex emulation
1157@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1158This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1159for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1160between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1161debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1162endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1163@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1164@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1165of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1166the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1167in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1168selection in any case.
1169
1170This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1171@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1172Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1173@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1174the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1175configuration includes support for both.
1176
1177Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1178fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1179more processors.
1180
1181@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1182@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1183the native tools.
1184
252b5132
RH
1185@item --trap
1186@itemx --no-trap
1187@itemx --break
1188@itemx --no-break
1189Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1190@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1191(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1192@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1193break exception.
63486801
L
1194
1195@item -n
a4fb0134 1196When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1197time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1198@end table
1199@end ifset
1200
1201@ifset MCORE
1202The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1203an MCore processor.
1204
a4fb0134 1205@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1206@item -jsri2bsr
1207@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1208Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1209The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1210
1211@item -sifilter
1212@itemx -nosifilter
1213Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1214The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1215
1216@item -relax
1217Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1218
ec694b89
NC
1219@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1220Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1221can be assembled.
1222
1223@item -EB
1224Assemble for a big endian target.
1225
1226@item -EL
1227Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1228
1229@end table
1230@end ifset
1231
3c3bdf30
NC
1232@ifset MMIX
1233See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1234@end ifset
1235
046d31c2
NC
1236@ifset RX
1237See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1238@end ifset
1239
11c19e16
MS
1240@ifset S390
1241The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1242processor family.
1243
1244@table @gcctabopt
1245@item -m31
1246@itemx -m64
1247Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1248@item -mesa
1249@item -mzarch
1250Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1251Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1252@item -march=@var{processor}
1253Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1254@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1255@item -mregnames
1256@itemx -mno-regnames
1257Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1258@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1259Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1260but evaluates to zero.
1261@end table
1262@end ifset
1263
40b36596
JM
1264@ifset TIC6X
1265The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1266TMS320C6000 processor.
1267
1268@table @gcctabopt
1269@item -march=@var{arch}
1270Enable (only) instructions from architecture @var{arch}. By default,
1271all instructions are permitted.
1272
1273The following values of @var{arch} are accepted: @code{c62x},
1274@code{c64x}, @code{c64x+}, @code{c67x}, @code{c67x+}, @code{c674x}.
1275
1276@item -matomic
1277@itemx -mno-atomic
1278Enable or disable the optional C64x+ atomic operation instructions.
1279By default, they are enabled if no @option{-march} option is given, or
1280if an architecture is specified with @option{-march} that implies
1281these instructions are present (currently, there are no such
1282architectures); they are disabled if an architecture is specified with
1283@option{-march} on which the instructions are optional or not
1284present. This option overrides such a default from the architecture,
1285independent of the order in which the @option{-march} or
1286@option{-matomic} or @option{-mno-atomic} options are passed.
1287
b5593623
JM
1288@item -mdsbt
1289@itemx -mno-dsbt
1290The @option{-mdsbt} option causes the assembler to generate the
1291@code{Tag_ABI_DSBT} attribute with a value of 1, indicating that the
1292code is using DSBT addressing. The @option{-mno-dsbt} option, the
1293default, causes the tag to have a value of 0, indicating that the code
1294does not use DSBT addressing. The linker will emit a warning if
1295objects of different type (DSBT and non-DSBT) are linked together.
1296
40b36596
JM
1297@item -mbig-endian
1298@itemx -mlittle-endian
1299Generate code for the specified endianness. The default is
1300little-endian.
1301@end table
1302
1303@end ifset
1304
e0001a05
NC
1305@ifset XTENSA
1306The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1307an Xtensa processor.
1308
1309@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1310@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1311With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1312in the text section. The default is
1313@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1314separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1315referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1316absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1317
1318@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1319Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1320or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1321if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1322option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1323
1324@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1325Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1326expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1327
1328@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1329Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1330across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1331@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1332
1333@item --transform | --no-transform
1334Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1335The default is @option{--transform};
1336@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1337instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1338
1339@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1340When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1341@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1342@end table
1343@end ifset
1344
3c9b82ba
NC
1345@ifset Z80
1346The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1347a Z80 family processor.
1348@table @gcctabopt
1349@item -z80
1350Assemble for Z80 processor.
1351@item -r800
1352Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1353@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1354@itemx -Wnud
1355Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1356@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1357@itemx -Wnup
1358Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1359@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1360@itemx -Wud
1361Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1362@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1363@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1364Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1365@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1366@itemx -Fud
1367Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1368@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1369@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1370Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1371@end table
1372@end ifset
1373
0285c67d
NC
1374@c man end
1375
252b5132
RH
1376@menu
1377* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1378* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1379* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1380* Command Line:: Command Line
1381* Input Files:: Input Files
1382* Object:: Output (Object) File
1383* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1384@end menu
1385
1386@node Manual
1387@section Structure of this Manual
1388
1389@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1390This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1391@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1392notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1393@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1394
1395@ifclear GENERIC
1396We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1397configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1398@end ifclear
1399@ifset GENERIC
1400This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1401various flavors of the assembler.
1402@end ifset
1403
1404@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1405On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1406to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1407In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1408architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1409mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1410particular architecture.
1411@ifset GENERIC
1412You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1413machine architecture manual for this information.
1414@end ifset
1415@ifclear GENERIC
1416@ifset H8/300
1417For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1418Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1419Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1420@end ifset
252b5132 1421@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1422For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1423see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1424@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1425@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1426@end ifset
1427@ifset Z8000
1428For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1429@end ifset
1430@end ifclear
1431
1432@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1433@ignore
1434Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1435the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1436Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1437computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1438once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1439qualification.
1440
a4fb0134 1441@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1442human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1443computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1444@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1445@end ignore
1446
1447@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1448@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1449@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1450@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1451@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1452@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1453@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1454@c directives).
1455
1456@node GNU Assembler
1457@section The GNU Assembler
1458
0285c67d
NC
1459@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1460
a4fb0134 1461@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1462@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1463This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1464configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1465@end ifclear
1466If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1467should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1468architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1469including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1470@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1471
1472@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1473@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1474@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1475@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1476assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1477machine would assemble.
1478@ifset VAX
1479Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1480@end ifset
1481@ifset M680X0
1482@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1483@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1484This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1485assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1486incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1487@end ifset
1488
0285c67d
NC
1489@c man end
1490
a4fb0134 1491Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1492program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1493@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1494
1495@node Object Formats
1496@section Object File Formats
1497
1498@cindex object file format
1499The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1500object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1501write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1502are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1503Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1504@ifclear GENERIC
1505@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1506For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1507@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1508@end ifclear
1509@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1510@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1511On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1512@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1513@end ifset
1514@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1515On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1516SOM or ELF format object files.
1517@end ifset
1518@end ifclear
1519
1520@node Command Line
1521@section Command Line
1522
1523@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1524
a4fb0134 1525After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1526options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1527before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1528significant.
1529
1530@cindex standard input, as input file
1531@kindex --
1532@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1533explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1534
1535@cindex options, command line
1536Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1537hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1538@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1539option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1540the letter is important. All options are optional.
1541
1542Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1543name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1544with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1545standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1546
1547@smallexample
1548@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1549@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1550@end smallexample
1551
1552@node Input Files
1553@section Input Files
1554
1555@cindex input
1556@cindex source program
1557@cindex files, input
1558We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1559describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1560be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1561doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1562
1563@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1564@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1565The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1566order specified.
1567
0285c67d 1568@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1569Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1570program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1571(The standard input is also a file.)
1572
a4fb0134 1573You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1574names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1575command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1576is taken to be an input file name.
1577
a4fb0134
SC
1578If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1579from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1580may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1581to assemble.
1582
1583Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1584in your command line.
1585
a4fb0134 1586If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1587file.
1588
0285c67d
NC
1589@c man end
1590
252b5132
RH
1591@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1592
1593@cindex input file linenumbers
1594@cindex line numbers, in input files
1595There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1596either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1597number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1598``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1599
1600@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1601to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1602
1603@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1604directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1605error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1606is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1607@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1608@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1609
1610@node Object
1611@section Output (Object) File
1612
1613@cindex object file
1614@cindex output file
1615@kindex a.out
1616@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1617Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1618your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1619is the object file. Its default name is
1620@ifclear BOUT
1621@code{a.out}.
1622@end ifclear
1623@ifset BOUT
1624@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1625@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1626@end ifset
a4fb0134 1627@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1628@end ifset
a4fb0134 1629You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1630object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1631reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1632directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1633possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1634
1635@cindex linker
1636@kindex ld
1637The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1638assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1639the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1640information for the debugger.
1641
1642@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1643@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1644
1645@node Errors
1646@section Error and Warning Messages
1647
0285c67d
NC
1648@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1649
a349d9dd 1650@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1651@cindex warning messages
1652@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1653@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1654file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1655runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1656that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1657grave problem that stops the assembly.
1658
0285c67d
NC
1659@c man end
1660
252b5132
RH
1661@cindex format of warning messages
1662Warning messages have the format
1663
1664@smallexample
1665file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1666@end smallexample
1667
1668@noindent
1669@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1670(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1671(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1672the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1673@ifset GENERIC
1674(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1675@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1676then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1677otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1678message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1679tradition).
1680
1681@cindex format of error messages
1682Error messages have the format
1683@smallexample
1684file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1685@end smallexample
1686The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1687messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1688because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1689
1690@node Invoking
1691@chapter Command-Line Options
1692
1693@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1694This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1695versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1696for options specific
252b5132 1697@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1698to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1699@end ifclear
1700@ifset GENERIC
1701to particular machine architectures.
1702@end ifset
1703
0285c67d
NC
1704@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1705
c1253627 1706If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1707you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1708The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1709by commas. For example:
1710
1711@smallexample
1712gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1713@end smallexample
1714
1715@noindent
1716This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1717standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1718local symbols in the symbol table).
1719
1720Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1721command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1722(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1723precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1724assembler.)
1725
0285c67d
NC
1726@c man end
1727
252b5132 1728@menu
83f10cb2 1729* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1730* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1731* D:: -D for compatibility
1732* f:: -f to work faster
1733* I:: -I for .include search path
1734@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1735* K:: -K for compatibility
1736@end ifclear
1737@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1738* K:: -K for difference tables
1739@end ifset
1740
ba83aca1 1741* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1742* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1743* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1744* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1745* o:: -o to name the object file
1746* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1747* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1748* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1749* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1750* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1751* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1752@end menu
1753
1754@node a
83f10cb2 1755@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1756
1757@kindex -a
1758@kindex -ac
1759@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1760@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1761@kindex -ah
1762@kindex -al
1763@kindex -an
1764@kindex -as
1765@cindex listings, enabling
1766@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1767
1768These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1769@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1770You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1771@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1772@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1773@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1774High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1775@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1776also.
1777
83f10cb2
NC
1778Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1779information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1780
252b5132
RH
1781Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1782which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1783other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1784omitted from the listing.
1785
1786Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1787listing.
1788
1789Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1790listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1791@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1792@code{.sbttl}.
1793The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1794If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1795listing-control directives have no effect.
1796
1797The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1798@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1799
96e9638b
BW
1800Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1801because it
c3a27914
NC
1802is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1803is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1804directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1805stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1806memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1807
caa32fe5
NC
1808@node alternate
1809@section @option{--alternate}
1810
1811@kindex --alternate
1812Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1813
252b5132 1814@node D
a4fb0134 1815@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1816
1817@kindex -D
1818This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1819likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1820@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1821
1822@node f
a4fb0134 1823@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1824
1825@kindex -f
1826@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1827@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1828@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1829(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1830and comment preprocessing on
1831the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1832,Preprocessing}.
1833
1834@quotation
1835@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1836preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1837not work correctly.
1838@end quotation
1839
1840@node I
c1253627 1841@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1842
1843@kindex -I @var{path}
1844@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1845@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1846@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1847Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1848@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1849directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1850many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1851working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1852searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1853specified (left to right) on the command line.
1854
1855@node K
a4fb0134 1856@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1857
1858@kindex -K
1859@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1860On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1861permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1862where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1863generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1864family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1865alteration on other platforms.
1866@end ifclear
1867
1868@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1869@cindex difference tables, warning
1870@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1871@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1872form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1873You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1874is done.
1875@end ifset
1876
1877@node L
ba83aca1 1878@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1879
1880@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1881@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1882Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1883@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1884called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1885such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1886programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1887notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1888such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1889
1890This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1891in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1892@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1893
c3a27914 1894@node listing
a4fb0134 1895@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1896
1897The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1898@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1899hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1900them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1901directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1902@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1903@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1904@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1905
a4fb0134 1906@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1907@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1908@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1909@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1910Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1911dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1912
1913@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1914@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1915@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1916Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1917a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1918the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1919switch is used the default is to one.
1920
1921@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1922@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1923@cindex Width of source line output
1924Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1925alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1926source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1927
1928@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1929@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1930@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1931Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1932displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1933@end table
1934
252b5132 1935@node M
a4fb0134 1936@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1937
1938@kindex -M
1939@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1940The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1941changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1942compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1943configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1944MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1945information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1946arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1947assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1948
1949The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1950depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1951file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1952individually. These are:
1953
1954@itemize @bullet
1955@item global symbols in common section
1956
1957The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1958Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1959common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1960symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1961symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1962
1963@item complex relocations
1964
1965The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1966relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1967are not support by other object file formats.
1968
1969@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1970
1971The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1972This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1973instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1974script.
1975
1976@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1977
1978The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1979name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1980
1981@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1982
1983The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1984address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1985which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1986not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1987assigned within a linker script.
1988@end itemize
1989
1990There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1991@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1992seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1993
1994@itemize @bullet
1995
1996@item EBCDIC strings
1997
1998EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1999
2000@item packed binary coded decimal
2001
2002Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2003and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2004
2005@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2006
2007The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2008
2009@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2010
2011The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2012
2013@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2014
2015The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2016@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2017relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2018these options serve no purpose.
2019
2020@item @code{OPT} list control options
2021
2022The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2023@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2024@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2025
2026@item other @code{OPT} options
2027
2028The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2029@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2030
2031@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2032
2033The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2034@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2035
2036@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2037
2038The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2039
2040@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2041
2042The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2043
2044@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2045
2046The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2047
2048@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2049
2050The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2051
2052@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2053
2054The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2055
2056@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2057
2058The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2059
2060@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2061
2062The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2063
2064@end itemize
2065
2066@node MD
c1253627 2067@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2068
2069@kindex --MD
2070@cindex dependency tracking
2071@cindex make rules
2072
a4fb0134 2073@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2074file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2075dependencies of the main source file.
2076
2077The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2078
2079This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2080
2081@node o
a4fb0134 2082@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2083
2084@kindex -o
2085@cindex naming object file
2086@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2087There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2088default it has the name
2089@ifset GENERIC
2090@ifset I960
2091@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2092@end ifset
2093@ifclear I960
2094@file{a.out}.
2095@end ifclear
2096@end ifset
2097@ifclear GENERIC
2098@ifset I960
2099@file{b.out}.
2100@end ifset
2101@ifclear I960
2102@file{a.out}.
2103@end ifclear
2104@end ifclear
2105You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2106object file a different name.
2107
a4fb0134 2108Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2109existing file of the same name.
2110
2111@node R
a4fb0134 2112@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2113
2114@kindex -R
2115@cindex data and text sections, joining
2116@cindex text and data sections, joining
2117@cindex joining text and data sections
2118@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2119@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2120data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2121the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2122section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2123your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2124appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2125
a4fb0134 2126When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2127address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2128data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2129older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2130
c1253627
NC
2131@ifset COFF-ELF
2132When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2133this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2134@samp{.data}.
2135@end ifset
2136
2137@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2138@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2139@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2140@end ifset
2141
2142@node statistics
a4fb0134 2143@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2144
2145@kindex --statistics
2146@cindex statistics, about assembly
2147@cindex time, total for assembly
2148@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2149Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2150@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2151(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2152seconds).
2153
2154@node traditional-format
c1253627 2155@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2156
2157@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2158For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2159from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2160@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2161
2162For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2163@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2164
2165@node v
a4fb0134 2166@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2167
2168@kindex -v
2169@kindex -version
2170@cindex assembler version
2171@cindex version of assembler
2172You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2173option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2174command line.
2175
2176@node W
a4fb0134 2177@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2178
a4fb0134 2179@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2180assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2181cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2182made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2183
c1253627
NC
2184@kindex -W
2185@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2186@cindex suppressing warnings
2187@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2188If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2189This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2190how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2191are still reported.
2192
c1253627 2193@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2194@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2195@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2196If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2197files that generate warnings to be in error.
2198
c1253627 2199@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2200@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2201You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2202causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2203
2204@node Z
a4fb0134 2205@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2206@cindex object file, after errors
2207@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2208After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2209some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2210@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2211option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2212writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2213errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2214
2215@node Syntax
2216@chapter Syntax
2217
2218@cindex machine-independent syntax
2219@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2220This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2221source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2222assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2223@ifclear VAX
2224assembler.
2225@end ifclear
2226@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2227assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2228@end ifset
2229
2230@menu
2231* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2232* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2233* Comments:: Comments
2234* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2235* Statements:: Statements
2236* Constants:: Constants
2237@end menu
2238
2239@node Preprocessing
2240@section Preprocessing
2241
2242@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2243The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2244@itemize @bullet
2245@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2246@item
2247adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2248the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2249a single space.
2250
2251@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2252@item
2253removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2254appropriate number of newlines.
2255
2256@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2257@item
2258converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2259@end itemize
2260
2261It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2262anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2263do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2264(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2265to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2266@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2267Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2268
2269Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2270cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2271preprocessed.
2272
2273@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2274@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2275@kindex #NO_APP
2276@kindex #APP
2277If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2278@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2279Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2280specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2281text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2282@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2283@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2284and whitespace.
2285
2286@node Whitespace
2287@section Whitespace
2288
2289@cindex whitespace
2290@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2291Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2292people to read. Unless within character constants
2293(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2294as exactly one space.
2295
2296@node Comments
2297@section Comments
2298
2299@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2300There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2301cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2302
2303Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2304This means you may not nest these comments.
2305
2306@smallexample
2307/*
2308 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2309 is to use this sort of comment.
2310*/
2311
2312/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2313@end smallexample
2314
2315@cindex line comment character
2316Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2317is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2318@ifset ARC
2319@samp{;} on the ARC;
2320@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2321@ifset ARM
2322@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2323@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2324@ifset H8/300
2325@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2326@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2327@ifset HPPA
2328@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2329@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2330@ifset I80386
2331@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2332@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2333@ifset I960
2334@samp{#} on the i960;
2335@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2336@ifset PDP11
2337@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2338@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2339@ifset PJ
2340@samp{;} for picoJava;
2341@end ifset
418c1742 2342@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2343@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2344@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2345@ifset S390
2346@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2347@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2348@ifset SCORE
2349@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2350@end ifset
252b5132 2351@ifset SH
ef230218 2352@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2353@end ifset
2354@ifset SPARC
2355@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2356@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2357@ifset IP2K
2358@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2359@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2360@ifset M32C
2361@samp{#} on the m32c;
2362@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2363@ifset M32R
2364@samp{#} on the m32r;
2365@end ifset
2366@ifset M680X0
2367@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2368@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2369@ifset M68HC11
2370@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2371@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
2372@ifset RX
2373@samp{#} on the RX;
2374@end ifset
40b36596
JM
2375@ifset TIC6X
2376@samp{;} on the TMS320C6X;
2377@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2378@ifset VAX
2379@samp{#} on the Vax;
2380@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2381@ifset Z80
2382@samp{;} for the Z80;
2383@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2384@ifset Z8000
2385@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2386@end ifset
2387@ifset V850
2388@samp{#} on the V850;
2389@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2390@ifset XTENSA
2391@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2392@end ifset
252b5132 2393see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2394@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2395
2396@ifset GENERIC
2397On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2398character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2399a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2400@end ifset
2401
2402@ifset V850
2403The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2404extends to the end of the line.
2405
2406@samp{--};
2407@end ifset
2408
2409@kindex #
2410@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2411@cindex logical line numbers
2412To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2413special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2414expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2415line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2416new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2417
2418If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2419the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2420
2421@smallexample
2422 # This is an ordinary comment.
2423# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2424 # This is logical line # 36.
2425@end smallexample
2426This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2427of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2428
2429@node Symbol Intro
2430@section Symbols
2431
2432@cindex characters used in symbols
2433@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2434A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2435letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2436@samp{_.$}.
2437@end ifclear
2438@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2439@ifclear GENERIC
2440@ifset H8
2441A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2442letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2443@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2444symbol names.)
2445@end ifset
2446@end ifclear
2447@end ifset
2448@ifset GENERIC
2449On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2450are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2451@end ifset
2452No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2453There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2454delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2455(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2456not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2457@cindex length of symbols
2458
2459@node Statements
2460@section Statements
2461
2462@cindex statements, structure of
2463@cindex line separator character
2464@cindex statement separator character
2465@ifclear GENERIC
2466@ifclear abnormal-separator
2467A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2468semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2469the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2470constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2471@end ifclear
2472@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132 2473@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2474A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
252b5132
RH
2475point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2476preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2477constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2478@end ifset
2479@ifset H8
2480A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2481H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2482(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2483the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2484constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2485@end ifset
2486@end ifset
2487@end ifclear
2488@ifset GENERIC
2489A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2490separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2491conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2492newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2493statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2494exception: they do not end statements.
2495@end ifset
2496
2497@cindex newline, required at file end
2498@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2499It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2500character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2501
2502An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2503
2504@cindex instructions and directives
2505@cindex directives and instructions
2506@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2507@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2508@c 13feb91.
2509A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2510key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2511symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2512symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2513directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2514a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2515assembles into a machine language instruction.
2516@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2517Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2518recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2519represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2520language.@refill
2521@end ifset
2522
2523@cindex @code{:} (label)
2524@cindex label (@code{:})
2525A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2526Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2527have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2528
2529@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2530For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2531the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2532only one label may be defined on each line.
2533@end ifset
2534
2535@smallexample
2536label: .directive followed by something
2537another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2538 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2539@end smallexample
2540
2541@node Constants
2542@section Constants
2543
2544@cindex constants
2545A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2546inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2547@smallexample
2548@group
2549.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2550.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2551.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2552.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
255395028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2554@end group
2555@end smallexample
2556
2557@menu
2558* Characters:: Character Constants
2559* Numbers:: Number Constants
2560@end menu
2561
2562@node Characters
2563@subsection Character Constants
2564
2565@cindex character constants
2566@cindex constants, character
2567There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2568for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2569numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2570@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2571used in arithmetic expressions.
2572
2573@menu
2574* Strings:: Strings
2575* Chars:: Characters
2576@end menu
2577
2578@node Strings
2579@subsubsection Strings
2580
2581@cindex string constants
2582@cindex constants, string
2583A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2584double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2585into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2586a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2587one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2588@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2589(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2590escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2591
2592@cindex escape codes, character
2593@cindex character escape codes
2594@table @kbd
2595@c @item \a
2596@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2597@c
2598@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2599@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2600@item \b
2601Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2602
2603@c @item \e
2604@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2605@c
2606@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2607@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2608@item \f
2609Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2610
2611@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2612@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2613@item \n
2614Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2615
2616@c @item \p
2617@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2618@c
2619@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2620@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2621@item \r
2622Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2623
2624@c @item \s
2625@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2626@c other assemblers.
2627@c
2628@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2629@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2630@item \t
2631Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2632
2633@c @item \v
2634@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2635@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2636@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2637@c
2638@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2639@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2640@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2641An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2642For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2643for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2644
2645@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2646@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2647@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2648A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2649lower case @code{x} works.
2650
2651@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2652@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2653@item \\
2654Represents one @samp{\} character.
2655
2656@c @item \'
2657@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2658@c This is needed in single character literals
2659@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2660@c a @samp{'}.
2661@c
2662@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2663@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2664@item \"
2665Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2666this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2667
2668@item \ @var{anything-else}
2669Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2670assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2671you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2672interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2673other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2674code and warns you of the fact.
2675@end table
2676
2677Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2678varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2679the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2680compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2681sequence.
2682
2683@node Chars
2684@subsubsection Characters
2685
2686@cindex single character constant
2687@cindex character, single
2688@cindex constant, single character
2689A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2690followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2691to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2692must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2693@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2694grave accent. A newline
2695@ifclear GENERIC
2696@ifclear abnormal-separator
2697(or semicolon @samp{;})
2698@end ifclear
2699@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2700@ifset H8
2701(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2702Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2703@end ifset
2704@end ifset
2705@end ifclear
2706immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2707and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2708constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2709that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2710@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2711
2712@node Numbers
2713@subsection Number Constants
2714
2715@cindex constants, number
2716@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2717@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2718are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2719would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2720integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2721are floating point numbers, described below.
2722
2723@menu
2724* Integers:: Integers
2725* Bignums:: Bignums
2726* Flonums:: Flonums
2727@ifclear GENERIC
2728@ifset I960
2729* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2730@end ifset
2731@end ifclear
2732@end menu
2733
2734@node Integers
2735@subsubsection Integers
2736@cindex integers
2737@cindex constants, integer
2738
2739@cindex binary integers
2740@cindex integers, binary
2741A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2742the binary digits @samp{01}.
2743
2744@cindex octal integers
2745@cindex integers, octal
2746An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2747digits (@samp{01234567}).
2748
2749@cindex decimal integers
2750@cindex integers, decimal
2751A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2752more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2753
2754@cindex hexadecimal integers
2755@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2756A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2757more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2758
2759Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2760the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2761(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2762
2763@node Bignums
2764@subsubsection Bignums
2765
2766@cindex bignums
2767@cindex constants, bignum
2768A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2769except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2770represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2771integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2772
2773@node Flonums
2774@subsubsection Flonums
2775@cindex flonums
2776@cindex floating point numbers
2777@cindex constants, floating point
2778
2779@cindex precision, floating point
2780A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2781indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2782@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2783sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2784to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2785portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2786
2787A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2788@itemize @bullet
2789@item
2790The digit @samp{0}.
2791@ifset HPPA
2792(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2793@end ifset
2794
2795@item
a4fb0134 2796A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2797@ifset GENERIC
2798@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2799@ignore
2800@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2801(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28024.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2803@end ignore
2804
7be1c489 2805On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2806and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2807one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2808
2809On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2810(in upper or lower case).
2811
2812On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2813one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2814
2815On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2816@end ifset
2817@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2818@ifset ARC
2819One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2820@end ifset
2821@ifset H8
2822One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2823@end ifset
2824@ifset HPPA
2825The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2826@end ifset
2827@ifset I960
2828One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2829@end ifset
2830@end ifclear
2831
2832@item
2833An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2834
2835@item
2836An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2837
2838@item
2839An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2840or more decimal digits.
2841
2842@item
2843An optional exponent, consisting of:
2844
2845@itemize @bullet
2846@item
2847An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2848@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2849@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2850@item
2851Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2852@item
2853One or more decimal digits.
2854@end itemize
2855
2856@end itemize
2857
2858At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2859present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2860
a4fb0134 2861@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2862independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2863@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2864
2865@ifclear GENERIC
2866@ifset I960
2867@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2868@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2869@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2870@node Bit Fields
2871@subsubsection Bit Fields
2872
2873@cindex bit fields
2874@cindex constants, bit field
2875You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2876Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2877@example
2878@var{mask}:@var{value}
2879@end example
2880@noindent
a4fb0134 2881@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2882@var{value}.
2883
2884The resulting number is then packed
2885@ifset GENERIC
2886@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2887(in host-dependent byte order)
2888@end ifset
2889into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2890bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2891requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2892more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2893least significant digits.@refill
2894
2895The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2896@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2897@end ifset
2898@end ifclear
2899
2900@node Sections
2901@chapter Sections and Relocation
2902@cindex sections
2903@cindex relocation
2904
2905@menu
2906* Secs Background:: Background
2907* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2908* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2909* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2910* bss:: bss Section
2911@end menu
2912
2913@node Secs Background
2914@section Background
2915
2916Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2917``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2918For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2919
2920@cindex linker, and assembler
2921@cindex assembler, and linker
2922The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2923combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2924emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2925@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2926different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2927oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2928sections.
2929
2930@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2931addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2932units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2933within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2934run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2935the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2936the proper run-time addresses.
2937@ifset H8
7be1c489 2938For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2939@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2940ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2941@end ifset
2942
2943@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2944An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2945of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2946@dfn{bss} sections.
2947
c1253627 2948@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2949@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2950When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2951@end ifset
a4fb0134 2952@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2953using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2954If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2955or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2956@end ifset
2957
2958@ifset HPPA
2959@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2960When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2961@end ifset
a4fb0134 2962@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2963specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2964@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2965(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2966assembler directives.
2967
2968@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2969Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2970text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2971is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2972BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2973@end ifset
2974@end ifset
2975
2976Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2977data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2978
2979@ifset HPPA
2980When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2981section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2982@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2983@end ifset
2984
2985To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2986relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2987object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2988@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2989file is mentioned:
2990@itemize @bullet
2991@item
2992Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2993an address?
2994@item
2995How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2996@item
2997Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2998@display
2999(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3000@end display
3001@item
3002Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3003@end itemize
3004
3005@cindex addresses, format of
3006@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3007In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3008@display
3009(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3010@end display
3011@noindent
a4fb0134 3012Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3013nature.
3014@ifset SOM
3015(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3016symbol-relative instead.)
3017@end ifset
3018
3019In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3020@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3021
3022Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3023@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3024addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3025@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3026@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3027data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3028their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3029part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3030address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3031
3032The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3033address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3034rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3035Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3036address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3037common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3038time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3039
3040By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3041the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3042sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3043customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3044the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3045data and bss sections.
3046
3047Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3048use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3049
3050@node Ld Sections
3051@section Linker Sections
3052@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3053
3054@table @strong
3055
c1253627 3056@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3057@cindex named sections
3058@cindex sections, named
3059@item named sections
3060@end ifset
3061@ifset aout-bout
3062@cindex text section
3063@cindex data section
3064@itemx text section
3065@itemx data section
3066@end ifset
a4fb0134 3067These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3068separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3069true of another.
3070@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3071When the program is running, however, it is
3072customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3073text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3074instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3075program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3076in the data section.
c1253627 3077@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3078
3079@cindex bss section
3080@item bss section
3081This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3082is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3083each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3084out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3085bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3086those explicit zeros from object files.
3087
3088@cindex absolute section
3089@item absolute section
3090Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3091This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3092not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3093addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3094
3095@cindex undefined section
3096@item undefined section
3097This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3098the preceding sections.
3099@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3100@end table
3101
3102@cindex relocation example
3103An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3104@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3105The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3106@end ifset
3107Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3108
3109@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3110@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3111@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3112@smallexample
3113 +-----+----+--+
3114partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3115 +-----+----+--+
3116
3117 text data bss
3118 seg. seg. seg.
3119
3120 +---+---+---+
3121partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3122 +---+---+---+
3123
3124 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3125linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3126 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3127
3128 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3129@end smallexample
3130@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3131@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3132@need 5000
3133@tex
c1253627 3134\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3135\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3136\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3137\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3138
3139\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3140\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3141\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3142
3143\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3144\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3145\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3146ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3147DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3148
3149\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3150\line{0\dots\hfil}
3151
3152@end tex
3153@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3154
3155@node As Sections
3156@section Assembler Internal Sections
3157
3158@cindex internal assembler sections
3159@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3160These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3161have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3162sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3163warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3164meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3165value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3166section-relative address.
3167
3168@table @b
3169@cindex assembler internal logic error
3170@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3171An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3172bug in the assembler.
3173
3174@cindex expr (internal section)
3175@item expr section
3176The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3177symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3178it in the expr section.
3179@c FIXME item debug
3180@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3181@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3182@c FIXME item register
3183@end table
3184
3185@node Sub-Sections
3186@section Sub-Sections
3187
3188@cindex numbered subsections
3189@cindex grouping data
3190@ifset aout-bout
3191Assembled bytes
c1253627 3192@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3193conventionally
3194@end ifset
3195fall into two sections: text and data.
3196@end ifset
3197You may have separate groups of
3198@ifset GENERIC
3199data in named sections
3200@end ifset
3201@ifclear GENERIC
3202@ifclear aout-bout
3203data in named sections
3204@end ifclear
3205@ifset aout-bout
3206text or data
3207@end ifset
3208@end ifclear
3209that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3210are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3211use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3212numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3213same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3214subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3215section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3216assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3217section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3218constants being output.
3219
3220Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3221goes in subsection number zero.
3222
3223@ifset GENERIC
3224Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3225(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3226of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3227@end ifset
3228@ifclear GENERIC
3229@ifset H8
7be1c489 3230On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3231boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3232The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3233@end ifset
3234@ifset I960
3235@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3236@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3237@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3238@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3239@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3240@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3241@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3242@end ifclear
3243
3244Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3245to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3246The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3247other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3248They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3249data subsections as a data section.
3250
3251To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3252into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3253@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3254@ifset COFF
252b5132 3255@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3256When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3257@end ifset
3258@ifclear GENERIC
3259You
3260@end ifclear
3261can also use an extra subsection
3262argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3263@var{expression}}.
3264@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3265@ifset ELF
3266@ifset GENERIC
3267When generating ELF output, you
3268@end ifset
3269@ifclear GENERIC
3270You
3271@end ifclear
3272can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3273to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3274@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3275@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3276(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3277is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3278begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3279@smallexample
3280.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3281.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3282.text 1
3283.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3284.data 0
3285.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3286.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3287.text 0
3288.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3289.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3290@end smallexample
3291
3292Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3293assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3294restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3295counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3296@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3297current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3298assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3299
3300@node bss
3301@section bss Section
3302
3303@cindex bss section
3304@cindex common variable storage
3305The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3306You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3307not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3308your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3309section are zeroed bytes.
3310
3311The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3312@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3313
3314The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3315another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3316
3317@ifset GENERIC
3318When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3319COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3320see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3321section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3322@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3323@end ifset
3324
3325@node Symbols
3326@chapter Symbols
3327
3328@cindex symbols
3329Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3330things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3331to debug.
3332
3333@quotation
3334@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3335@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3336the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3337@end quotation
3338
3339@menu
3340* Labels:: Labels
3341* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3342* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3343* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3344* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3345@end menu
3346
3347@node Labels
3348@section Labels
3349
3350@cindex labels
3351A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3352@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3353active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3354operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3355different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3356definitions.
3357
3358@ifset HPPA
3359On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3360colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3361a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3362provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3363@end ifset
3364
3365@node Setting Symbols
3366@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3367
3368@cindex assigning values to symbols
3369@cindex symbol values, assigning
3370A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3371by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3372(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3373directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3374equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3375@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3376
f8739b83
JZ
3377@ifset Blackfin
3378Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3379@end ifset
3380
252b5132
RH
3381@node Symbol Names
3382@section Symbol Names
3383
3384@cindex symbol names
3385@cindex names, symbol
3386@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3387Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3388machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3389noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3390string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3391particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3392@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3393@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3394@ifset H8
3395Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3396Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3397character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3398on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3399@end ifset
3400@end ifset
3401
3402Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3403than @code{Foo}.
3404
3405Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3406refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3407in a program.
3408
3409@subheading Local Symbol Names
3410
3411@cindex local symbol names
3412@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3413A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3414By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3415@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3416set of local label prefixes.
3417@ifset HPPA
3418On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3419@end ifset
3420
3421Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3422normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3423You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3424@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3425
3426@subheading Local Labels
3427
3428@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3429@cindex temporary symbol names
3430@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3431Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3432They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3433the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3434To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3435represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3436definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3437you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3438@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3439for ``forwards''.
3440
3441There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3442too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3443the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3444defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3445definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3446noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3447implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3448
3449Here is an example:
3450
3451@smallexample
34521: branch 1f
34532: branch 1b
34541: branch 2f
34552: branch 1b
3456@end smallexample
3457
3458Which is the equivalent of:
3459
3460@smallexample
3461label_1: branch label_3
3462label_2: branch label_1
3463label_3: branch label_4
3464label_4: branch label_3
3465@end smallexample
3466
ba83aca1 3467Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3468transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3469The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3470are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3471these parts:
252b5132
RH
3472
3473@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3474@item @emph{local label prefix}
3475All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3476Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3477that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3478used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3479@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3480object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3481you may use them in debugging.
3482
2d5aaba0
NC
3483@item @var{number}
3484This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3485label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3486
2d5aaba0
NC
3487@item @kbd{C-B}
3488This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3489of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3490
3491@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3492This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3493@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3494number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3495the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3496@end table
3497
ba83aca1
BW
3498So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3499the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3500
3501@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3502@cindex dollar local symbols
3503
3504@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3505dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3506soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3507region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3508scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3509the same local label.
3510
3511Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3512except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3513@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3514
3515They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3516names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3517to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3518@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3519
3520@node Dot
3521@section The Special Dot Symbol
3522
3523@cindex dot (symbol)
3524@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3525@cindex current address
3526@cindex location counter
3527The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3528@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3529.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3530Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3531directive.
252b5132 3532@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3533Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3534@samp{.space 4}.
3535@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3536
3537@node Symbol Attributes
3538@section Symbol Attributes
3539
3540@cindex symbol attributes
3541@cindex attributes, symbol
3542Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3543``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3544attributes.
3545@ifset INTERNALS
3546The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3547@end ifset
3548
a4fb0134 3549If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3550all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3551symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3552would want.
3553
3554@menu
3555* Symbol Value:: Value
3556* Symbol Type:: Type
3557@ifset aout-bout
3558@ifset GENERIC
3559* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3560@end ifset
3561@ifclear GENERIC
3562@ifclear BOUT
3563* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3564@end ifclear
3565@ifset BOUT
3566* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3567@end ifset
3568@end ifclear
3569@end ifset
3570@ifset COFF
3571* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3572@end ifset
3573@ifset SOM
3574* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3575@end ifset
3576@end menu
3577
3578@node Symbol Value
3579@subsection Value
3580
3581@cindex value of a symbol
3582@cindex symbol value
3583The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3584location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3585number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3586Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3587as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3588symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3589called absolute.
3590
3591The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35920 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3593@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3594same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3595name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3596common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3597bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3598allocated storage.
3599
3600@node Symbol Type
3601@subsection Type
3602
3603@cindex type of a symbol
3604@cindex symbol type
3605The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3606information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3607(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3608format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3609
3610@ifset aout-bout
3611@ifclear GENERIC
3612@ifset BOUT
3613@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3614@c better if it were available outside examples.
3615@need 1000
3616@node a.out Symbols
3617@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3618
3619@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3620@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3621These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3622one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3623@code{b.out}.
3624
3625@end ifset
3626@ifclear BOUT
3627@node a.out Symbols
3628@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3629
3630@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3631@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3632
3633@end ifclear
3634@end ifclear
3635@ifset GENERIC
3636@node a.out Symbols
3637@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3638
3639@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3640@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3641
3642@end ifset
3643@menu
3644* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3645* Symbol Other:: Other
3646@end menu
3647
3648@node Symbol Desc
3649@subsubsection Descriptor
3650
3651@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3652This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3653descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3654(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3655@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3656
3657@node Symbol Other
3658@subsubsection Other
3659
3660@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3661This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3662@end ifset
3663
3664@ifset COFF
3665@node COFF Symbols
3666@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3667
3668@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3669@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3670
3671The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3672like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3673@code{.endef} directives.
3674
3675@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3676
3677@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3678The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3679respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3680
3681@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3682
3683@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3684The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3685@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3686table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3687@end ifset
3688
3689@ifset SOM
3690@node SOM Symbols
3691@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3692
3693@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3694@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3695
3696The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3697the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3698
01642c12 3699The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3700Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3701@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3702@end ifset
3703
3704@node Expressions
3705@chapter Expressions
3706
3707@cindex expressions
3708@cindex addresses
3709@cindex numeric values
3710An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3711Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3712
3713The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3714a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3715enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3716section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3717the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3718@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3719
3720@menu
3721* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3722* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3723@end menu
3724
3725@node Empty Exprs
3726@section Empty Expressions
3727
3728@cindex empty expressions
3729@cindex expressions, empty
3730An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3731Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3732expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3733is compatible with other assemblers.
3734
3735@node Integer Exprs
3736@section Integer Expressions
3737
3738@cindex integer expressions
3739@cindex expressions, integer
3740An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3741by @emph{operators}.
3742
3743@menu
3744* Arguments:: Arguments
3745* Operators:: Operators
3746* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3747* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3748@end menu
3749
3750@node Arguments
3751@subsection Arguments
3752
3753@cindex expression arguments
3754@cindex arguments in expressions
3755@cindex operands in expressions
3756@cindex arithmetic operands
3757@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3758contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3759this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3760the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3761expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3762instruction operands.
3763
3764Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3765@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3766or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3767integer.
3768
3769Numbers are usually integers.
3770
3771A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3772that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3773these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3774instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3775assemblers.
3776
3777@cindex subexpressions
3778Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3779expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3780operator followed by an argument.
3781
3782@node Operators
3783@subsection Operators
3784
3785@cindex operators, in expressions
3786@cindex arithmetic functions
3787@cindex functions, in expressions
3788@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3789operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3790between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3791whitespace.
3792
3793@node Prefix Ops
3794@subsection Prefix Operator
3795
3796@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3797@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3798one argument, which must be absolute.
3799
3800@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3801@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3802@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3803@tex
3804\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3805@end tex
3806
3807@table @code
3808@item -
3809@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3810@item ~
3811@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3812@end table
3813
3814@tex
3815\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3816@end tex
3817
3818@node Infix Ops
3819@subsection Infix Operators
3820
3821@cindex infix operators
3822@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3823@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3824have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3825to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3826absolute, and the result is absolute.
3827
3828@enumerate
3829@cindex operator precedence
3830@cindex precedence of operators
3831
3832@item
3833Highest Precedence
3834
3835@table @code
3836@item *
3837@dfn{Multiplication}.
3838
3839@item /
3840@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3841
3842@item %
3843@dfn{Remainder}.
3844
d1eac9d9 3845@item <<
252b5132
RH
3846@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3847
d1eac9d9 3848@item >>
252b5132
RH
3849@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3850@end table
3851
3852@item
3853Intermediate precedence
3854
3855@table @code
3856@item |
3857
3858@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3859
3860@item &
3861@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3862
3863@item ^
3864@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3865
3866@item !
3867@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3868@end table
3869
3870@item
b131d4dc 3871Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3872
3873@table @code
3874@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3875@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3876@cindex arguments for addition
3877@item +
3878@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3879the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3880sections.
3881
3882@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3883@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3884@cindex arguments for subtraction
3885@item -
3886@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3887result has the section of the left argument.
3888If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3889You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3890@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3891
3892@cindex comparison expressions
3893@cindex expressions, comparison
3894@item ==
3895@dfn{Is Equal To}
3896@item <>
723a8472 3897@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3898@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3899@item <
3900@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3901@item >
b131d4dc 3902@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3903@item >=
b131d4dc 3904@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3905@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3906@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3907
3908The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3909value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3910perform signed comparisons.
3911@end table
3912
3913@item Lowest Precedence
3914
3915@table @code
3916@item &&
3917@dfn{Logical And}.
3918
3919@item ||
3920@dfn{Logical Or}.
3921
3922These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3923expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3924value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3925or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3926
252b5132
RH
3927@end table
3928@end enumerate
3929
3930In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3931address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3932
3933@node Pseudo Ops
3934@chapter Assembler Directives
3935
3936@cindex directives, machine independent
3937@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3938@cindex machine independent directives
3939All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3940The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3941
3942This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3943target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3944@ifset GENERIC
3945Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3946@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3947@end ifset
3948@ifclear GENERIC
3949@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3950@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3951@end ifset
3952@end ifclear
3953
3954@menu
3955* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3956@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3957* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3958@end ifset
f0dc282c 3959
252b5132 3960* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3961* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3962* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3963* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3964* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3965* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3966* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3967* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3968* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3969@ifset COFF
3970* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3971@end ifset
3972@ifset aout-bout
3973* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3974@end ifset
3975@ifset COFF
3976* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3977@end ifset
f0dc282c 3978
252b5132
RH
3979* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3980* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3981* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3982* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3983* End:: @code{.end}
3984@ifset COFF
3985* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3986@end ifset
f0dc282c 3987
252b5132
RH
3988* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3989* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3990* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3991* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3992* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3993* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3994* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3995* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3996* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3997* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3998* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3999* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4000* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4001* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4002* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4003@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4004* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4005* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4006@end ifset
f0dc282c 4007
252b5132
RH
4008* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4009* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4010* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4011* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4012* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4013* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4014@ifset ELF
4015* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4016@end ifset
f0dc282c 4017
252b5132
RH
4018* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4019* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4020* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4021* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4022@ifclear no-line-dir
4023* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4024@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4025
252b5132
RH
4026* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4027* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4028* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4029* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4030* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4031@ifset ELF
4032* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4033@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4034
252b5132
RH
4035* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4036@ignore
4037* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4038@end ignore
f0dc282c 4039
252b5132
RH
4040* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4041* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4042* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4043* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4044* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4045* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4046* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4047@ifset ELF
4048* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4049* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4050@end ifset
f0dc282c 4051
252b5132 4052* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4053@ifset ELF
4054* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4055@end ifset
f0dc282c 4056
252b5132
RH
4057* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4058* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4059@ifset ELF
4060* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4061@end ifset
f0dc282c 4062
252b5132 4063* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4064* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4065* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4066* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4067@ifset COFF
4068* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4069@end ifset
4070@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4071* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4072@end ifset
f0dc282c 4073
252b5132
RH
4074* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4075* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4076* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4077@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4078* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4079@end ifset
884f0d36 4080@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4081* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4082@end ifclear
4083
252b5132 4084* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4085@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4086* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4087@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4088@ifset have-stabs
4089* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4090@end ifset
f0dc282c 4091
38a57ae7 4092* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4093* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4094@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4095* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4096* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4097@end ifset
f0dc282c 4098
252b5132
RH
4099@ifset COFF
4100* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4101@end ifset
f0dc282c 4102
252b5132
RH
4103* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4104* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4105@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4106* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4107@end ifset
4108
c91d2e08 4109* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4110@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4111* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4112@end ifset
f0dc282c 4113
2e13b764 4114@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4115* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4116* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4117* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4118@end ifset
f0dc282c 4119
d190d046 4120* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4121* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4122* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4123* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4124* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4125@end menu
4126
4127@node Abort
4128@section @code{.abort}
4129
4130@cindex @code{abort} directive
4131@cindex stopping the assembly
4132This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4133compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4134assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4135of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4136quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4137
4138@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4139@node ABORT (COFF)
4140@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4141
4142@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4143When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4144synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4145
4146@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4147When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4148but ignores it.
4149@end ifset
4150@end ifset
4151
4152@node Align
4153@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4154
4155@cindex padding the location counter
4156@cindex @code{align} directive
4157Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4158boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4159required, as described below.
4160
4161The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4162padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4163padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4164marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4165with no-op instructions.
4166
4167The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4168it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4169directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4170specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4171fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4172required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4173with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4174
4175The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4176For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4177s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4178alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4179the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4180is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4181first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4182
9e9a9798 4183For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4184strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4185number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4186advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4187counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4188multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4189
4190This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4191native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4192GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4193described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4194architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4195
ccf8a69b
BW
4196@node Altmacro
4197@section @code{.altmacro}
4198Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4199
4200@ftable @code
4201@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4202One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4203generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4204replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4205replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4206separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4207define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4208
4209@item String delimiters
4210You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4211@code{"@var{string}"}:
4212
4213@table @code
4214@item '@var{string}'
4215You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4216
4217@item <@var{string}>
4218You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4219@end table
4220
4221@item single-character string escape
4222To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4223character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4224character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4225write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4226
4227@item Expression results as strings
4228You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4229and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4230@end ftable
4231
252b5132
RH
4232@node Ascii
4233@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4234
4235@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4236@cindex string literals
4237@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4238separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4239trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4240
4241@node Asciz
4242@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4243
4244@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4245@cindex zero-terminated strings
4246@cindex null-terminated strings
4247@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4248a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4249
4250@node Balign
4251@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4252
4253@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4254@cindex @code{balign} directive
4255Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4256storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4257alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4258the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4259is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4260
4261The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4262padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4263padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4264marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4265with no-op instructions.
4266
4267The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4268it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4269directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4270specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4271fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4272required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4273with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4274
4275@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4276@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4277The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4278@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4279pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4280fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42814,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4282filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4283the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4284undefined.
4285
4286@node Byte
4287@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4288
4289@cindex @code{byte} directive
4290@cindex integers, one byte
4291@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4292Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4293
54cfded0 4294@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4295@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4296@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4297@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4298should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4299If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4300if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4301To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4302directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4303
4b7d318b 4304@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4305@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4306@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4307should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4308data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4309@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4310
01642c12 4311Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4312it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4313
54cfded0
AM
4314@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4315@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4316@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4317unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4318@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4319
9b8ae42e
JJ
4320@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4321@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4322@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4323should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4324argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4325a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4326the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4327can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4328The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4329no personality routine.
4330
4331@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4332@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4333@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4334should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4335argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4336or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4337no LSDA.
4338
54cfded0 4339@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4340@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4341address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4342
4343@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4344@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4345now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4346remains the same.
4347
4348@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4349@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4350remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4351absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4352CFA address.
4353
4354@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4355Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4356value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4357
4358@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4359Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4360CFA.
54cfded0 4361
17076204
RH
4362@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4363Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4364the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4365using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4366This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4367code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4368
4b7d318b
L
4369@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4370Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4371
4372@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4373@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4374same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4375instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4376
4377@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4378From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4379
4380@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4381Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4382i.e. no restoration needed.
4383
01642c12
RM
4384@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4385First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4386then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4387everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4388the previous saved state.
4389
4390@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4391Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4392directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4393
63752a75
JJ
4394@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4395Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4396
6749011b 4397@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4398SPARC register window has been saved.
4399
cdfbf930
RH
4400@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4401Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4402might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4403opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4404
f1c4cc75
RH
4405@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4406The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4407will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4408description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4409
4410The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4411limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4412mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4413by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4414or another register.
4415
ccf8a69b
BW
4416@node Comm
4417@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4418
ccf8a69b
BW
4419@cindex @code{comm} directive
4420@cindex symbol, common
4421@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4422common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4423of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4424definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4425allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4426absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4427the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4428using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4429
c1711530
DK
4430@ifset COFF-ELF
4431When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4432an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4433specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4434that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4435as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4436boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4437power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4438common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4439alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4440largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4441maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4442is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4443@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4444multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4445It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4446(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4447@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4448
ccf8a69b
BW
4449@ifset HPPA
4450The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4451@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4452@end ifset
07a53e5c 4453
252b5132
RH
4454@node Data
4455@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4456
4457@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4458@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4459end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4460absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4461to zero.
4462
4463@ifset COFF
4464@node Def
4465@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4466
4467@cindex @code{def} directive
4468@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4469@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4470Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4471definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4472@ifset BOUT
4473
a4fb0134 4474This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4475format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4476but ignored.
4477@end ifset
4478@end ifset
4479
4480@ifset aout-bout
4481@node Desc
4482@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4483
4484@cindex @code{desc} directive
4485@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4486@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4487This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4488to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4489
4490@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4491The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4492configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4493object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4494it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4495@end ifset
4496@end ifset
4497
4498@ifset COFF
4499@node Dim
4500@section @code{.dim}
4501
4502@cindex @code{dim} directive
4503@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4504@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4505This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4506information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4507@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4508@ifset BOUT
4509
4510@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4511@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4512ignores it.
4513@end ifset
4514@end ifset
4515
4516@node Double
4517@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4518
4519@cindex @code{double} directive
4520@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4521@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4522assembles floating point numbers.
4523@ifset GENERIC
4524The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4525@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4526@end ifset
4527@ifclear GENERIC
4528@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4529On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4530in @sc{ieee} format.
4531@end ifset
4532@end ifclear
4533
4534@node Eject
4535@section @code{.eject}
4536
4537@cindex @code{eject} directive
4538@cindex new page, in listings
4539@cindex page, in listings
4540@cindex listing control: new page
4541Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4542
4543@node Else
4544@section @code{.else}
4545
4546@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4547@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4548assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4549of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4550was false.
4551
3fd9f047
TW
4552@node Elseif
4553@section @code{.elseif}
4554
4555@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4556@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4557assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4558@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4559
252b5132
RH
4560@node End
4561@section @code{.end}
4562
4563@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4564@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4565process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4566
4567@ifset COFF
4568@node Endef
4569@section @code{.endef}
4570
4571@cindex @code{endef} directive
4572This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4573@code{.def}.
4574@ifset BOUT
4575
4576@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4577@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4578directive but ignores it.
4579@end ifset
4580@end ifset
4581
4582@node Endfunc
4583@section @code{.endfunc}
4584@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4585@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4586
4587@node Endif
4588@section @code{.endif}
4589
4590@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4591@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4592it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4593conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4594
4595@node Equ
4596@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4597
4598@cindex @code{equ} directive
4599@cindex assigning values to symbols
4600@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4601This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4602It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4603
4604@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4605The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4606@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4607@end ifset
4608
3c9b82ba 4609@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4610The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4611@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4612On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4613but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4614Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4615@end ifset
4616
252b5132
RH
4617@node Equiv
4618@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4619@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4620The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4621the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4622symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4623undefined.
252b5132 4624
01642c12 4625Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4626@smallexample
4627.ifdef SYM
4628.err
4629.endif
4630.equ SYM,VAL
4631@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4632plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4633
4634@node Eqv
4635@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4636@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4637The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4638evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4639the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4640value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4641
4642@node Err
4643@section @code{.err}
4644@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4645If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4646message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4647object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4648
d190d046
HPN
4649@node Error
4650@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4651@cindex error directive
4652
4653Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4654string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4655message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4656@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4657
4658@smallexample
4659 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4660@end smallexample
4661
252b5132
RH
4662@node Exitm
4663@section @code{.exitm}
4664Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4665
4666@node Extern
4667@section @code{.extern}
4668
4669@cindex @code{extern} directive
4670@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4671with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4672all undefined symbols as external.
4673
4674@node Fail
4675@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4676
4677@cindex @code{fail} directive
4678Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4679or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4680than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4681include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4682complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4683
252b5132 4684@node File
14082c76 4685@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4686@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4687
4688@ifclear no-file-dir
4689There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4690that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4691@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4692
4693@subheading Default Version
4694
252b5132
RH
4695@cindex logical file name
4696@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4697This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4698are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4699
4700@smallexample
4701.file @var{string}
4702@end smallexample
4703
4704@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4705recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4706to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4707statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4708old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4709
4710@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4711@end ifclear
4712
14082c76
BW
4713When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4714to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4715
4716@smallexample
4717.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4718@end smallexample
4719
4720The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4721index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4722literal.
4723
4724The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4725table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4726information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4727entries will have.
4728
252b5132
RH
4729@node Fill
4730@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4731
4732@cindex @code{fill} directive
4733@cindex writing patterns in memory
4734@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4735@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4736This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4737may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4738more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4739other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4740is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4741zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4742byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4743Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4744@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4745compatible with other people's assemblers.
4746
4747@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4748If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4749assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4750@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4751
4752@node Float
4753@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4754
4755@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4756@cindex @code{float} directive
4757This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4758has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4759@ifset GENERIC
4760The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4761@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4762@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4763@end ifset
4764@ifclear GENERIC
4765@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4766On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4767in @sc{ieee} format.
4768@end ifset
4769@end ifclear
4770
4771@node Func
4772@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4773@cindex @code{func} directive
4774@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4775is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4776Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4777@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4778prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4779@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4780All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4781The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4782
4783@node Global
4784@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4785
4786@cindex @code{global} directive
4787@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4788@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4789@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4790other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4791@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4792from another file linked into the same program.
4793
4794Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4795compatibility with other assemblers.
4796
4797@ifset HPPA
4798On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4799partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4800@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4801@end ifset
4802
c91d2e08 4803@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4804@node Gnu_attribute
4805@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4806Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4807
c91d2e08
NC
4808@node Hidden
4809@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4810
c1253627
NC
4811@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4812@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4813This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4814@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4815@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4816
4817This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4818their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4819@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4820Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4821@end ifset
4822
252b5132
RH
4823@node hword
4824@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4825
4826@cindex @code{hword} directive
4827@cindex integers, 16-bit
4828@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4829@cindex sixteen bit integers
4830This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4831a 16 bit number for each.
4832
4833@ifset GENERIC
4834This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4835architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4836@end ifset
4837@ifclear GENERIC
4838@ifset W32
4839This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4840@end ifset
4841@ifset W16
4842This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4843@end ifset
4844@end ifclear
4845
4846@node Ident
4847@section @code{.ident}
4848
4849@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4850
4851This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4852behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4853a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4854source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4855for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4856@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4857emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4858
4859@node If
4860@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4861
4862@cindex conditional assembly
4863@cindex @code{if} directive
4864@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4865considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4866(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4867the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4868(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4869alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4870If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4871nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4872
4873The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4874@table @code
4875@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4876@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4877Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4878has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4879is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4880
26aca5f6
JB
4881@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4882@item .ifb @var{text}
4883Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4884
252b5132
RH
4885@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4886@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4887Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4888strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4889the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4890end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4891string comparison is case sensitive.
4892
4893@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4894@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4895Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4896
4897@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4898@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4899Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4900
4901@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4902@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4903Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4904equal to zero.
4905
4906@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4907@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4908Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4909
4910@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4911@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4912Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4913to zero.
4914
4915@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4916@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4917Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4918
26aca5f6
JB
4919@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4920@item .ifnb @var{text}
4921Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4922following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4923
252b5132
RH
4924@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4925@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4926Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4927following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4928
4929@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4930@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4931@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4932@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4933Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4934has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4935which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4936
4937@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4938@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4939Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4940(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4941
4942@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4943@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4944Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4945following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4946@end table
4947
7e005732
NC
4948@node Incbin
4949@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4950
4951@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4952@cindex binary files, including
4953The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4954location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4955option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4956around @var{file}.
4957
4958The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4959@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4960read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4961responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4962after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4963
252b5132
RH
4964@node Include
4965@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4966
4967@cindex @code{include} directive
4968@cindex supporting files, including
4969@cindex files, including
4970This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4971points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4972if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4973included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4974can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4975(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4976around @var{file}.
4977
4978@node Int
4979@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4980
4981@cindex @code{int} directive
4982@cindex integers, 32-bit
4983Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4984For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4985expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4986of target the assembly is for.
4987
4988@ifclear GENERIC
4989@ifset H8
7be1c489 4990On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4991integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
499232-bit integers.
4993@end ifset
4994@end ifclear
4995
c91d2e08
NC
4996@ifset ELF
4997@node Internal
4998@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4999
c1253627
NC
5000@cindex @code{internal} directive
5001@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5002This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5003@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5004@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5005
5006This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5007their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5008@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5009(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5010processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5011@end ifset
5012
252b5132
RH
5013@node Irp
5014@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5015
5016@cindex @code{irp} directive
5017Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5018The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5019terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5020set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5021@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5022@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5023sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5024
5025For example, assembling
5026
5027@example
5028 .irp param,1,2,3
5029 move d\param,sp@@-
5030 .endr
5031@end example
5032
5033is equivalent to assembling
5034
5035@example
5036 move d1,sp@@-
5037 move d2,sp@@-
5038 move d3,sp@@-
5039@end example
5040
96e9638b 5041For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5042
252b5132
RH
5043@node Irpc
5044@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5045
5046@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5047Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5048The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5049terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5050@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5051assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5052assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5053@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5054
5055For example, assembling
5056
5057@example
5058 .irpc param,123
5059 move d\param,sp@@-
5060 .endr
5061@end example
5062
5063is equivalent to assembling
5064
5065@example
5066 move d1,sp@@-
5067 move d2,sp@@-
5068 move d3,sp@@-
5069@end example
5070
5e75c3ab
JB
5071For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5072at @xref{Macro}.
5073
252b5132
RH
5074@node Lcomm
5075@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5076
5077@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5078@cindex local common symbols
5079@cindex symbols, local common
5080Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5081denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5082those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5083section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5084is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5085not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5086
5087@ifset GENERIC
5088Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5089argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5090@end ifset
5091
5092@ifset HPPA
5093The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5094@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5095@end ifset
5096
5097@node Lflags
5098@section @code{.lflags}
5099
5100@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5101@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5102assemblers, but ignores it.
5103
5104@ifclear no-line-dir
5105@node Line
5106@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5107
5108@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5109@cindex logical line number
5110@ifset aout-bout
5111Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5112expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5113statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5114reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5115@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5116for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5117@end ifset
5118
252b5132 5119Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5120@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5121when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5122were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5123@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5124
5125Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5126used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5127debugging.
5128@end ifclear
5129
5130@node Linkonce
5131@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5132@cindex COMDAT
5133@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5134@cindex common sections
5135Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5136This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5137but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5138The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5139Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5140unique.
5141
5142This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5143writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5144Executable format used on Windows NT.
5145
5146The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5147following strings. For example:
5148@smallexample
5149.linkonce same_size
5150@end smallexample
5151Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5152
5153@table @code
5154@item discard
5155Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5156
5157@item one_only
5158Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5159
5160@item same_size
5161Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5162
5163@item same_contents
5164Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5165@end table
5166
ccf8a69b
BW
5167@node List
5168@section @code{.list}
5169
5170@cindex @code{list} directive
5171@cindex listing control, turning on
5172Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5173not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5174internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5175counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5176generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5177
5178By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5179@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5180the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5181
252b5132
RH
5182@node Ln
5183@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5184
5185@cindex @code{ln} directive
5186@ifclear no-line-dir
5187@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5188@end ifclear
5189@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5190Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5191must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5192line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5193statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5194line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5195@ifset BOUT
5196
a4fb0134 5197This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5198configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5199output format.
5200@end ifset
5201@end ifset
5202
ccf8a69b
BW
5203@node Loc
5204@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5205@cindex @code{loc} directive
5206When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5207the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5208number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5209instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5210arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5211the row is added.
252b5132 5212
ccf8a69b
BW
5213The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5214
5215@table @code
5216@item basic_block
5217This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5218@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5219
5220@item prologue_end
5221This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5222@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5223
5224@item epilogue_begin
5225This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5226@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5227
5228@item is_stmt @var{value}
5229This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5230@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5231either 0 or 1.
5232
5233@item isa @var{value}
5234This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5235state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5236
92846e72
CC
5237@item discriminator @var{value}
5238This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5239state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5240
ccf8a69b
BW
5241@end table
5242
5243@node Loc_mark_labels
5244@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5245@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5246When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5247the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5248to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5249register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5250The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5251this function respectively.
252b5132 5252
4d4175af
BW
5253@ifset ELF
5254@node Local
5255@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5256
5257@cindex @code{local} directive
5258This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5259the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5260will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5261they will be created.
5262
5263For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5264accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5265the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5266(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5267@end ifset
5268
252b5132
RH
5269@node Long
5270@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5271
5272@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5273@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5274
5275@ignore
5276@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5277@c what it really ought to do
5278@node Lsym
5279@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5280
5281@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5282@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5283@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5284the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5285rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5286the same as the expression value:
5287@smallexample
5288@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5289@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5290@var{value} = @var{expression}
5291@end smallexample
5292@noindent
5293The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5294@end ignore
5295
5296@node Macro
5297@section @code{.macro}
5298
5299@cindex macros
5300The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5301generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5302@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5303
5304@example
5305 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5306 .long \from
5307 .if \to-\from
5308 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5309 .endif
5310 .endm
5311@end example
5312
5313@noindent
5314With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5315
5316@example
5317 .long 0
5318 .long 1
5319 .long 2
5320 .long 3
5321 .long 4
5322 .long 5
5323@end example
5324
5325@ftable @code
5326@item .macro @var{macname}
5327@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5328@cindex @code{macro} directive
5329Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5330definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5331separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5332indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5333@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5334(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5335macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5336cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5337subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5338definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5339
5340@table @code
5341@item .macro comm
5342Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5343arguments.
5344
6258339f 5345@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5346@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5347Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5348which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5349@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5350
5351@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5352Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5353arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5354After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5355@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5356@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5357,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5358@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5359
6eaeac8a
JB
5360@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5361Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5362arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5363not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5364will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5365
252b5132
RH
5366When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5367position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5368@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5369
6258339f
NC
5370@end table
5371
5e75c3ab
JB
5372Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5373as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5374occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5375characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5376(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5377architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5378character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5379replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5380construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5381identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5382this macro definition:
5383
5384@example
5385 .macro label l
5386\l:
5387 .endm
5388@end example
5389
5390might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5391called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5392assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5393identifier.
5394
5395Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5396which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5397for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5398length specifier like this:
5399
5400@example
5401 .macro opcode base length
5402 \base.\length
5403 .endm
5404@end example
5405
5406and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5407instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5408interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5409
5410There are several possible ways around this problem:
5411
5412@table @code
5413@item Insert white space
5414If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5415solution. eg:
5416
5417@example
5418 .macro label l
5419\l :
5420 .endm
5421@end example
5422
5423@item Use @samp{\()}
5424The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5425the following text. eg:
5426
5427@example
5428 .macro opcode base length
5429 \base\().\length
5430 .endm
5431@end example
5432
5433@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5434In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5435used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5436
5437@example
5438 .altmacro
5439 .macro label l
5440l&:
5441 .endm
5442@end example
6258339f 5443@end table
5e75c3ab 5444
96e9638b 5445Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5446also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5447and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5448
252b5132
RH
5449@item .endm
5450@cindex @code{endm} directive
5451Mark the end of a macro definition.
5452
5453@item .exitm
5454@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5455Exit early from the current macro definition.
5456
5457@cindex number of macros executed
5458@cindex macros, count executed
5459@item \@@
a4fb0134 5460@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5461executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5462output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5463
252b5132
RH
5464@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5465@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5466macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5467@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5468@end ftable
252b5132 5469
ccf8a69b
BW
5470@node MRI
5471@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5472
ccf8a69b
BW
5473@cindex @code{mri} directive
5474@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5475If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5476@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5477affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5478of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5479
caa32fe5
NC
5480@node Noaltmacro
5481@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5482Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5483
252b5132
RH
5484@node Nolist
5485@section @code{.nolist}
5486
5487@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5488@cindex listing control, turning off
5489Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5490not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5491internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5492counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5493generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5494
5495@node Octa
5496@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5497
5498@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5499@cindex @code{octa} directive
5500@cindex integer, 16-byte
5501@cindex sixteen byte integer
5502This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5503bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5504
5505The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5506hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5507
5508@node Org
5509@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5510
5511@cindex @code{org} directive
5512@cindex location counter, advancing
5513@cindex advancing location counter
5514@cindex current address, advancing
5515Advance the location counter of the current section to
5516@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5517expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5518you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5519wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5520with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5521@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5522is the same as the current subsection.
5523
5524@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5525unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5526backwards.
5527
5528@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5529@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5530@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5531Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5532may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5533a chance to share your improved assembler.
5534
5535Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5536to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5537people's assemblers.
5538
5539When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5540intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5541absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5542@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5543
5544@node P2align
5545@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5546
5547@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5548@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5549Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5550storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5551number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5552advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5553counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5554multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5555
5556The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5557padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5558padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5559marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5560with no-op instructions.
5561
5562The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5563it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5564directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5565specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5566fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5567required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5568with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5569
5570@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5571@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5572The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5573@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5574pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5575fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55762,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5577filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5578the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5579undefined.
5580
ccf8a69b
BW
5581@ifset ELF
5582@node PopSection
5583@section @code{.popsection}
5584
5585@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5586@cindex Section Stack
5587This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5588@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5589@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5590(@pxref{Previous}).
5591
5592This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5593section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5594stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5595@end ifset
5596
c91d2e08
NC
5597@ifset ELF
5598@node Previous
5599@section @code{.previous}
5600
c1253627 5601@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5602@cindex Section Stack
5603This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5604@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5605@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5606(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5607
5608This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5609referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5610@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5611subsections). For example:
5612
5613@smallexample
5614.section A
5615 .subsection 1
5616 .word 0x1234
5617 .subsection 2
5618 .word 0x5678
5619.previous
5620 .word 0x9abc
5621@end smallexample
5622
5623Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5624section A. Whilst:
5625
5626@smallexample
5627.section A
5628.subsection 1
5629 # Now in section A subsection 1
5630 .word 0x1234
5631.section B
5632.subsection 0
5633 # Now in section B subsection 0
5634 .word 0x5678
5635.subsection 1
5636 # Now in section B subsection 1
5637 .word 0x9abc
5638.previous
5639 # Now in section B subsection 0
5640 .word 0xdef0
5641@end smallexample
5642
5643Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5644section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5645
5646In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5647the top section on the section stack.
5648@end ifset
5649
252b5132
RH
5650@node Print
5651@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5652
5653@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5654@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5655assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5656
c91d2e08
NC
5657@ifset ELF
5658@node Protected
5659@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5660
c1253627
NC
5661@cindex @code{protected} directive
5662@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5663This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5664@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5665
5666This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5667their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5668@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5669components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5670component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5671this.
c91d2e08
NC
5672@end ifset
5673
252b5132
RH
5674@node Psize
5675@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5676
5677@cindex @code{psize} directive
5678@cindex listing control: paper size
5679@cindex paper size, for listings
5680Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5681number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5682
5683If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5684of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5685default width is 200 columns.
5686
a4fb0134 5687@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5688lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5689@code{.eject}).
5690
5691If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5692those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5693
5694@node Purgem
5695@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5696
5697@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5698Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5699expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5700
c91d2e08
NC
5701@ifset ELF
5702@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5703@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5704
c1253627 5705@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5706@cindex Section Stack
5707This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5708@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5709@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5710(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5711
e9863d7f
DJ
5712This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5713top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5714subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5715@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5716as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5717@end ifset
5718
252b5132
RH
5719@node Quad
5720@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5721
5722@cindex @code{quad} directive
5723@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5724each bignum, it emits
5725@ifclear bignum-16
5726an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5727warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5728@cindex eight-byte integer
5729@cindex integer, 8-byte
5730
5731The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5732hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5733@end ifclear
5734@ifset bignum-16
5735a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5736warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5737@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5738@cindex integer, 16-byte
5739@end ifset
5740
05e9452c
AM
5741@node Reloc
5742@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5743
5744@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5745Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5746@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5747the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5748symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5749@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5750absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5751targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5752relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5753section.
5754
252b5132
RH
5755@node Rept
5756@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5757
5758@cindex @code{rept} directive
5759Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5760@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5761
5762For example, assembling
5763
5764@example
5765 .rept 3
5766 .long 0
5767 .endr
5768@end example
5769
5770is equivalent to assembling
5771
5772@example
5773 .long 0
5774 .long 0
5775 .long 0
5776@end example
5777
5778@node Sbttl
5779@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5780
5781@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5782@cindex subtitles for listings
5783@cindex listing control: subtitle
5784Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5785title line) when generating assembly listings.
5786
5787This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5788it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5789
5790@ifset COFF
5791@node Scl
5792@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5793
5794@cindex @code{scl} directive
5795@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5796@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5797Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5798used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5799whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5800symbolic debugging information.
5801@ifset BOUT
5802
5803The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5804configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5805accepts this directive but ignores it.
5806@end ifset
5807@end ifset
5808
c1253627 5809@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5810@node Section
c1253627 5811@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5812
252b5132
RH
5813@cindex named section
5814Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5815named @var{name}.
5816
5817This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5818named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5819with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5820
c1253627
NC
5821@ifset COFF
5822@ifset ELF
5823@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5824@subheading COFF Version
5825@end ifset
5826
5827@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5828For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5829ways:
c91d2e08 5830
252b5132
RH
5831@smallexample
5832.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5833.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5834@end smallexample
5835
5836If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5837section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5838@table @code
5839@item b
5840bss section (uninitialized data)
5841@item n
5842section is not loaded
5843@item w
5844writable section
5845@item d
5846data section
5847@item r
5848read-only section
5849@item x
5850executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5851@item s
5852shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5853@item a
5854ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5855@item y
5856section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5857@item 0-9
5858single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5859@end table
5860
5861If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5862the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5863loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5864from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5865will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5866
5867If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5868taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5869@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5870
5871@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5872@ifset COFF
5873@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5874@subheading ELF Version
5875@end ifset
5876
c91d2e08
NC
5877@cindex Section Stack
5878This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5879@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5880(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5881@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5882
c1253627 5883@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5884For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5885
252b5132 5886@smallexample
7047dd1e 5887.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5888@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5889
252b5132 5890The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5891combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5892@table @code
5893@item a
5894section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5895@item e
5896section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5897@item w
5898section is writable
5899@item x
5900section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5901@item M
5902section is mergeable
5903@item S
5904section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5905@item G
5906section is a member of a section group
5907@item T
5908section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5909@item ?
5910section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5911@end table
5912
5913The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5914@table @code
5915@item @@progbits
5916section contains data
5917@item @@nobits
5918section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5919@item @@note
5920section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5921@item @@init_array
5922section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5923@item @@fini_array
5924section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5925@item @@preinit_array
5926section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5927@end table
5928
10b016c2
PB
5929Many targets only support the first three section types.
5930
ececec60
NC
5931Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5932ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5933@code{%} character.
5934
22fe14ad 5935If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5936be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5937
5938@smallexample
5939.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5940@end smallexample
5941
5942Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5943constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5944@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5945@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5946the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5947absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5948which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5949@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5950@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5951
5952If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5953be present along with an additional field like this:
5954
5955@smallexample
5956.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5957@end smallexample
5958
5959The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5960particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5961@table @code
5962@item comdat
5963indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5964@item .gnu.linkonce
5965an alias for comdat
5966@end table
5967
96e9638b 5968Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5969the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5970
5971@smallexample
5972.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5973@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5974
01642c12
RM
5975If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5976@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5977present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5978this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5979@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5980If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5981
252b5132
RH
5982If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5983the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5984none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5985executable. The section will contain data.
5986
5987For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5988directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5989
252b5132
RH
5990@smallexample
5991.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5992@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5993
252b5132
RH
5994Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5995separated flags:
5996@table @code
5997@item #alloc
5998section is allocatable
5999@item #write
6000section is writable
6001@item #execinstr
6002section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6003@item #exclude
6004section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6005@item #tls
6006section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6007@end table
c91d2e08 6008
e9863d7f
DJ
6009This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6010contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6011some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6012work.
c1253627
NC
6013@end ifset
6014@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6015
6016@node Set
6017@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6018
6019@cindex @code{set} directive
6020@cindex symbol value, setting
6021Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6022changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6023@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6024flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6025
6026You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6027
6028If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6029file is the last value stored into it.
6030
3c9b82ba
NC
6031@ifset Z80
6032On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6033@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6034@end ifset
6035
252b5132
RH
6036@node Short
6037@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6038
6039@cindex @code{short} directive
6040@ifset GENERIC
6041@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6042@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6043
6044In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6045numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6046@end ifset
6047@ifclear GENERIC
6048@ifset W16
6049@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6050@end ifset
6051@ifset W32
6052This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6053a 16 bit number for each.
6054@end ifset
6055@end ifclear
6056
6057@node Single
6058@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6059
6060@cindex @code{single} directive
6061@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6062This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6063has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6064@ifset GENERIC
6065The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6066@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6067@end ifset
6068@ifclear GENERIC
6069@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6070On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6071numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6072@end ifset
6073@end ifclear
6074
c1253627 6075@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6076@node Size
c1253627 6077@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6078
c1253627
NC
6079This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6080
6081@ifset COFF
6082@ifset ELF
6083@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6084@subheading COFF Version
6085@end ifset
6086
6087@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6088For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6089@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6090
6091@smallexample
6092.size @var{expression}
6093@end smallexample
252b5132 6094
c91d2e08 6095@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6096@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6097@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6098ignores it.
6099@end ifset
c1253627 6100@end ifset
c91d2e08 6101
c1253627
NC
6102@ifset ELF
6103@ifset COFF
6104@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6105@subheading ELF Version
6106@end ifset
6107
6108@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6109For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6110
c1253627
NC
6111@smallexample
6112.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6113@end smallexample
6114
6115This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6116The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6117arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6118symbols.
c1253627
NC
6119@end ifset
6120@end ifset
252b5132 6121
252b5132
RH
6122@ifclear no-space-dir
6123@node Skip
6124@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6125
6126@cindex @code{skip} directive
6127@cindex filling memory
6128This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6129@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6130@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6131@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6132@end ifclear
252b5132 6133
ccf8a69b
BW
6134@node Sleb128
6135@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6136
6137@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6138@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6139compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6140symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6141
884f0d36 6142@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6143@node Space
6144@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6145
6146@cindex @code{space} directive
6147@cindex filling memory
6148This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6149@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6150and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6151as @samp{.skip}.
6152
6153@ifset HPPA
6154@quotation
6155@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6156targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6157Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6158@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6159for a summary.
6160@end quotation
6161@end ifset
6162@end ifclear
6163
252b5132
RH
6164@ifset have-stabs
6165@node Stab
6166@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6167
6168@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6169@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6170There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6171All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6172The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6173cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6174Up to five fields are required:
6175
6176@table @var
6177@item string
6178This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6179@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6180debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6181using this field.
6182
6183@item type
6184An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6185this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6186and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6187
6188@item other
6189An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6190low 8 bits of this expression.
6191
6192@item desc
6193An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6194bits of this expression.
6195
6196@item value
6197An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6198@end table
6199
6200If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6201or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6202you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6203compatible with earlier assemblers!
6204
6205@table @code
6206@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6207@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6208
6209The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6210It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6211null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6212strings.
6213
6214The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6215relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6216is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6217assembled.
6218
6219@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6220@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6221The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6222
6223@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6224@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6225All five fields are specified.
6226@end table
6227@end ifset
6228@c end have-stabs
6229
6230@node String
38a57ae7 6231@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6232"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6233
6234@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6235@cindex string8, copying to object file
6236@cindex string16, copying to object file
6237@cindex string32, copying to object file
6238@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6239@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6240@cindex @code{string8} directive
6241@cindex @code{string16} directive
6242@cindex @code{string32} directive
6243@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6244
6245Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6246one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6247particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6248You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6249
01642c12 6250The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6251the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6252copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6253are stored in target endianness byte order.
6254
6255Example:
6256@smallexample
6257 .string32 "BYE"
6258expands to:
6259 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6260 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6261@end smallexample
6262
6263
252b5132
RH
6264@node Struct
6265@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6266
6267@cindex @code{struct} directive
6268Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6269which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6270@smallexample
6271 .struct 0
6272field1:
6273 .struct field1 + 4
6274field2:
6275 .struct field2 + 4
6276field3:
6277@end smallexample
6278This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6279@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6280value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6281use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6282before further assembly.
6283
c91d2e08
NC
6284@ifset ELF
6285@node SubSection
6286@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6287
c1253627 6288@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6289@cindex Section Stack
6290This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6291@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6292@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6293(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6294
6295This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6296section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6297in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6298@end ifset
6299
252b5132
RH
6300@ifset ELF
6301@node Symver
6302@section @code{.symver}
6303@cindex @code{symver} directive
6304@cindex symbol versioning
6305@cindex versions of symbols
6306Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6307within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6308typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6309There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6310into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6311shared library.
6312
79082ff0 6313For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6314@smallexample
6315.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6316@end smallexample
339681c0 6317If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6318being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6319alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6320just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6321permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6322of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6323itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6324have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6325file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6326function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6327the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6328building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6329symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6330nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6331
6332If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6333references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6334reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6335symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6336
6337Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6338@smallexample
6339.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6340@end smallexample
6341In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6342the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6343difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6344references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6345
6346The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6347@smallexample
6348.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6349@end smallexample
6350When @var{name} is not defined within the
6351file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6352@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6353name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6354@end ifset
6355
6356@ifset COFF
6357@node Tag
6358@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6359
6360@cindex COFF structure debugging
6361@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6362@cindex @code{tag} directive
6363This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6364information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6365@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6366definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6367@ifset BOUT
6368
6369@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6370@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6371ignores it.
6372@end ifset
6373@end ifset
6374
6375@node Text
6376@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6377
6378@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6379Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6380the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6381expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6382is used.
6383
6384@node Title
6385@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6386
6387@cindex @code{title} directive
6388@cindex listing control: title line
6389Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6390source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6391
6392This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6393it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6394
c1253627 6395@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6396@node Type
c1253627
NC
6397@section @code{.type}
6398
6399This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6400
6401@ifset COFF
6402@ifset ELF
6403@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6404@subheading COFF Version
6405@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6406
6407@cindex COFF symbol type
6408@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6409@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6410For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6411@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6412
6413@smallexample
6414.type @var{int}
6415@end smallexample
6416
6417This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6418entry.
252b5132 6419
c91d2e08 6420@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6421@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6422@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6423directive but ignores it.
6424@end ifset
c1253627 6425@end ifset
c91d2e08 6426
c1253627
NC
6427@ifset ELF
6428@ifset COFF
6429@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6430@subheading ELF Version
6431@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6432
6433@cindex ELF symbol type
6434@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6435@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6436For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6437
6438@smallexample
6439.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6440@end smallexample
6441
6442This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6443function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6444supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6445compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6446
6447Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6448@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6449below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6450the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6451maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6452assemblers.
6453
6454The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6455
6456@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6457 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6458 .type <name>,#<type>
6459 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6460 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6461 .type <name>,"<type>"
6462@end smallexample
6463
6464The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6465
5671778d
NC
6466@table @gcctabopt
6467@item STT_FUNC
6468@itemx function
6469Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6470
d8045f23
NC
6471@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6472@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6473Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6474processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6475
5671778d
NC
6476@item STT_OBJECT
6477@itemx object
6478Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6479
6480@item STT_TLS
6481@itemx tls_object
6482Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6483
6484@item STT_COMMON
6485@itemx common
6486Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6487
6488@item STT_NOTYPE
6489@itemx notype
6490Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6491
3e7a7d11
NC
6492@item gnu_unique_object
6493Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6494will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6495name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6496
5671778d
NC
6497@end table
6498
6499Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6500
c1253627
NC
6501@end ifset
6502@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6503
6504@node Uleb128
6505@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6506
6507@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6508@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6509compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6510symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6511
6512@ifset COFF
6513@node Val
6514@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6515
6516@cindex @code{val} directive
6517@cindex COFF value attribute
6518@cindex value attribute, COFF
6519This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6520records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6521entry.
6522@ifset BOUT
6523
a4fb0134 6524@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6525configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6526@end ifset
6527@end ifset
6528
2e13b764 6529@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6530@node Version
6531@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6532
c1253627 6533@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6534This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6535formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6536@end ifset
2e13b764 6537
c91d2e08
NC
6538@ifset ELF
6539@node VTableEntry
6540@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6541
653cfe85 6542@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6543This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6544@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6545
c91d2e08
NC
6546@node VTableInherit
6547@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6548
653cfe85 6549@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6550This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6551@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6552parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6553parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6554@end ifset
2e13b764 6555
d190d046
HPN
6556@node Warning
6557@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6558@cindex warning directive
6559Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6560(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6561
c91d2e08
NC
6562@node Weak
6563@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6564
c1253627 6565@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6566This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6567@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6568
01642c12 6569On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6570directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6571@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6572
977cdf5a 6573On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6574When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6575alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6576
06e77878
AO
6577@node Weakref
6578@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6579
6580@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6581This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6582be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6583If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6584will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6585symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6586
6587The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6588assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6589symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6590resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6591had the references to the alias removed.
6592
6593The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6594within the assembler.
6595
252b5132
RH
6596@node Word
6597@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6598
6599@cindex @code{word} directive
6600This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6601separated by commas.
6602@ifclear GENERIC
6603@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6604For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6605@end ifset
6606@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6607For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6608@end ifset
6609@end ifclear
6610@ifset GENERIC
6611
6612The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6613depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6614@end ifset
6615
6616@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6617@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6618@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6619@cindex difference tables altered
6620@cindex altered difference tables
6621@quotation
6622@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6623@end quotation
6624
6625@ifset GENERIC
6626Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6627addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6628interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6629@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6630
6631@end ifset
6632In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6633@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6634Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6635compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6636directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6637@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6638creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6639This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6640first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6641of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6642table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6643contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6644@code{sym2}.
6645
6646If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6647secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6648@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6649long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6650and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6651minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6652entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6653
6654@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6655@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6656@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6657assembly language programmers.
6658@end ifset
6659@end ifset
6660@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6661
6662@node Deprecated
6663@section Deprecated Directives
6664
6665@cindex deprecated directives
6666@cindex obsolescent directives
6667One day these directives won't work.
6668They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6669@table @t
6670@item .abort
6671@item .line
6672@end table
6673
3a99f02f
DJ
6674@ifset ELF
6675@node Object Attributes
6676@chapter Object Attributes
6677@cindex object attributes
6678
6679@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6680into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6681Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6682point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6683requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6684passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6685hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6686generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6687newer generation at run-time.
6688
6689This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6690@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6691time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6692correctly.
6693
6694Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6695attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6696string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6697and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6698or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6699attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6700
6701Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6702The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6703
6704@menu
6705* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6706* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6707@end menu
6708
6709@node GNU Object Attributes
6710@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6711
6712The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6713with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6714
6715Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6716its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6717an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67182} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6719architecture-dependent ones.
6720
6721@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6722
6723These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6724
6725@table @r
6726@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6727The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6728the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6729then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6730than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6731arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6732@end table
6733
6734@subsection MIPS Attributes
6735
6736@table @r
6737@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6738The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6739
6740@itemize @bullet
6741@item
67420 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6743@item
67441 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6745FPU.
6746@item
67472 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6748@item
67493 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6750@item
67514 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6752double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6753purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6754@end itemize
6755@end table
6756
6757@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6758
6759@table @r
6760@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6761The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6762
6763@itemize @bullet
6764@item
67650 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6766@item
3c7b9897 67671 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6768@item
67692 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6770@item
67713 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6772@end itemize
6773
6774@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6775The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6776
6777@itemize @bullet
6778@item
67790 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6780@item
67811 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6782@item
67832 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6784@item
67853 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6786@end itemize
6787@end table
6788
6789@node Defining New Object Attributes
6790@section Defining New Object Attributes
6791
6792If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6793will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6794mailing list.
6795
6796@itemize @bullet
6797@item
6798This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6799@item
6800The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6801@item
6802The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6803and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6804@item
6805Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6806@item
6807@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6808@item
6809GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6810@end itemize
6811
6812@end ifset
6813
252b5132
RH
6814@ifset GENERIC
6815@node Machine Dependencies
6816@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6817
6818@cindex machine dependencies
6819The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6820each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6821vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6822directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6823assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6824@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6825optimization.
6826
6827This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6828include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6829subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6830
6831@menu
625e1353
RH
6832@ifset ALPHA
6833* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6834@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6835@ifset ARC
6836* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6837@end ifset
6838@ifset ARM
6839* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6840@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6841@ifset AVR
6842* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6843@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6844@ifset Blackfin
6845* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6846@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6847@ifset CR16
6848* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6849@end ifset
8bf549a8 6850@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6851* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6852@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6853@ifset D10V
6854* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6855@end ifset
6856@ifset D30V
6857* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6858@end ifset
6859@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6860* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6861@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6862@ifset HPPA
6863* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6864@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6865@ifset I370
6866* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6867@end ifset
252b5132 6868@ifset I80386
55b62671 6869* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6870@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6871@ifset I860
6872* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6873@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6874@ifset I960
6875* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6876@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6877@ifset IA64
6878* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6879@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6880@ifset IP2K
6881* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6882@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6883@ifset LM32
6884* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6885@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6886@ifset M32C
6887* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6888@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6889@ifset M32R
6890* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6891@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6892@ifset M680X0
6893* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6894@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6895@ifset M68HC11
6896* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6897@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6898@ifset MICROBLAZE
6899* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6900@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6901@ifset MIPS
6902* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6903@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6904@ifset MMIX
6905* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6906@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6907@ifset MSP430
6908* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6909@end ifset
252b5132 6910@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6911* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6912* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6913@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6914@ifset PDP11
6915* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6916@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6917@ifset PJ
6918* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6919@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6920@ifset PPC
6921* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6922@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6923@ifset RX
6924* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6925@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6926@ifset S390
6927* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6928@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6929@ifset SCORE
6930* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6931@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6932@ifset SPARC
6933* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6934@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6935@ifset TIC54X
6936* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6937@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6938@ifset TIC6X
6939* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6940@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6941@ifset V850
6942* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6943@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6944@ifset XTENSA
6945* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6946@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6947@ifset Z80
6948* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6949@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6950@ifset Z8000
6951* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6952@end ifset
6953@ifset VAX
6954* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6955@end ifset
6956@end menu
6957
6958@lowersections
6959@end ifset
6960
6961@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6962@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6963@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6964@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6965@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6966@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6967@c in both conditional blocks.
6968
625e1353
RH
6969@ifset ALPHA
6970@include c-alpha.texi
6971@end ifset
6972
6973@ifset ARC
6974@include c-arc.texi
6975@end ifset
6976
252b5132
RH
6977@ifset ARM
6978@include c-arm.texi
6979@end ifset
6980
8473f7a4
DC
6981@ifset AVR
6982@include c-avr.texi
6983@end ifset
6984
3b4e1885 6985@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6986@include c-bfin.texi
6987@end ifset
6988
3d3d428f
NC
6989@ifset CR16
6990@include c-cr16.texi
6991@end ifset
6992
328eb32e
HPN
6993@ifset CRIS
6994@include c-cris.texi
6995@end ifset
6996
c2dcd04e 6997@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6998@ifclear GENERIC
6999@node Machine Dependencies
7000@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7001
c2dcd04e 7002The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7003and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7004chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7005family.
7006
7007@menu
c2dcd04e 7008* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7009* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7010@end menu
7011@lowersections
7012@end ifclear
7013@end ifset
7014
7015@ifset D10V
7016@include c-d10v.texi
7017@end ifset
7018
7019@ifset D30V
7020@include c-d30v.texi
7021@end ifset
7022
7023@ifset H8/300
7024@include c-h8300.texi
7025@end ifset
7026
252b5132
RH
7027@ifset HPPA
7028@include c-hppa.texi
7029@end ifset
7030
5b93d8bb
AM
7031@ifset I370
7032@include c-i370.texi
7033@end ifset
7034
252b5132
RH
7035@ifset I80386
7036@include c-i386.texi
7037@end ifset
7038
e3308d0d
JE
7039@ifset I860
7040@include c-i860.texi
7041@end ifset
7042
252b5132
RH
7043@ifset I960
7044@include c-i960.texi
7045@end ifset
7046
9e32ca89
NC
7047@ifset IA64
7048@include c-ia64.texi
7049@end ifset
7050
a40cbfa3
NC
7051@ifset IP2K
7052@include c-ip2k.texi
7053@end ifset
7054
84e94c90
NC
7055@ifset LM32
7056@include c-lm32.texi
7057@end ifset
7058
49f58d10
JB
7059@ifset M32C
7060@include c-m32c.texi
7061@end ifset
7062
ec694b89
NC
7063@ifset M32R
7064@include c-m32r.texi
7065@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7066
7067@ifset M680X0
7068@include c-m68k.texi
7069@end ifset
7070
60bcf0fa
NC
7071@ifset M68HC11
7072@include c-m68hc11.texi
7073@end ifset
7074
01642c12 7075@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7076@include c-microblaze.texi
7077@end ifset
7078
252b5132
RH
7079@ifset MIPS
7080@include c-mips.texi
7081@end ifset
7082
3c3bdf30
NC
7083@ifset MMIX
7084@include c-mmix.texi
7085@end ifset
7086
2469cfa2
NC
7087@ifset MSP430
7088@include c-msp430.texi
7089@end ifset
7090
252b5132
RH
7091@ifset NS32K
7092@include c-ns32k.texi
7093@end ifset
7094
e135f41b
NC
7095@ifset PDP11
7096@include c-pdp11.texi
7097@end ifset
7098
041dd5a9
ILT
7099@ifset PJ
7100@include c-pj.texi
7101@end ifset
7102
418c1742
MG
7103@ifset PPC
7104@include c-ppc.texi
7105@end ifset
7106
046d31c2
NC
7107@ifset RX
7108@include c-rx.texi
7109@end ifset
7110
11c19e16
MS
7111@ifset S390
7112@include c-s390.texi
7113@end ifset
7114
c0157db4
NC
7115@ifset SCORE
7116@include c-score.texi
7117@end ifset
7118
252b5132
RH
7119@ifset SH
7120@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7121@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7122@end ifset
7123
7124@ifset SPARC
7125@include c-sparc.texi
7126@end ifset
7127
39bec121
TW
7128@ifset TIC54X
7129@include c-tic54x.texi
7130@end ifset
7131
40b36596
JM
7132@ifset TIC6X
7133@include c-tic6x.texi
7134@end ifset
7135
3c9b82ba
NC
7136@ifset Z80
7137@include c-z80.texi
7138@end ifset
7139
252b5132
RH
7140@ifset Z8000
7141@include c-z8k.texi
7142@end ifset
7143
7144@ifset VAX
7145@include c-vax.texi
7146@end ifset
7147
7148@ifset V850
7149@include c-v850.texi
7150@end ifset
7151
e0001a05
NC
7152@ifset XTENSA
7153@include c-xtensa.texi
7154@end ifset
7155
252b5132
RH
7156@ifset GENERIC
7157@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7158@raisesections
7159@end ifset
7160
7161@node Reporting Bugs
7162@chapter Reporting Bugs
7163@cindex bugs in assembler
7164@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7165
a4fb0134 7166Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7167
7168Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7169not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7170entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7171Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7172
7173In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7174information that enables us to fix the bug.
7175
7176@menu
7177* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7178* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7179@end menu
7180
7181@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7182@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7183@cindex bug criteria
7184
7185If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7186
7187@itemize @bullet
7188@cindex fatal signal
7189@cindex assembler crash
7190@cindex crash of assembler
7191@item
7192If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7193@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7194
7195@cindex error on valid input
7196@item
a4fb0134 7197If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7198
7199@cindex invalid input
7200@item
a4fb0134 7201If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7202is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7203be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7204
7205@item
7206If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7207of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7208@end itemize
7209
7210@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7211@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7212@cindex bug reports
7213@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7214
7215A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7216you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7217contact that organization first.
7218
7219You can find contact information for many support companies and
7220individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7221distribution.
7222
ad22bfe8 7223@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7224In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7225to @value{BUGURL}.
7226@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7227
7228The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7229@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7230fact or leave it out, state it!
7231
7232Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7233and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7234name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7235not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7236happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7237perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7238the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7239give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7240and the most helpful.
7241
7242Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7243it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7244that the bug has not been reported previously.
7245
7246Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7247bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7248respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7249You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7250
7251To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7252
7253@itemize @bullet
7254@item
a4fb0134 7255The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7256it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7257
7258Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7259the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7260
7261@item
a4fb0134 7262Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7263
7264@item
7265The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7266version number.
7267
7268@item
a4fb0134 7269What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7270``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7271
7272@item
7273The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7274observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7275all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7276
7277If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7278and then we might not encounter the bug.
7279
7280@item
7281A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7282the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7283high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7284when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7285the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7286file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7287@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7288
7289@item
7290A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7291incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7292
a4fb0134 7293Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7294will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7295notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7296make a mistake.
7297
7298Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7299explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7300@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7301library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7302would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7303would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7304expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7305observations.
7306
7307@item
a4fb0134 7308If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7309diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7310option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7311discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7312by line number.
7313
7314The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7315sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7316@end itemize
7317
7318Here are some things that are not necessary:
7319
7320@itemize @bullet
7321@item
7322A description of the envelope of the bug.
7323
7324Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7325which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7326changes will not affect it.
7327
7328This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7329will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7330with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7331We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7332
7333Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7334of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7335output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7336less time, and so on.
7337
7338However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7339report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7340
7341@item
7342A patch for the bug.
7343
7344A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7345the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7346a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7347to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7348
a4fb0134 7349Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7350construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7351the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7352one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7353
7354And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7355patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7356help us to understand.
7357
7358@item
7359A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7360
7361Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7362things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7363@end itemize
7364
7365@node Acknowledgements
7366@chapter Acknowledgements
7367
653cfe85 7368If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7369it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7370maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7371@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7372the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7373
7374Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7375more details?}
7376
7377Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7378information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7379extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7380
7381K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7382many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7383up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7384testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7385including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7386and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7387support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7388port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7389file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7390assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7391
7392Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7393in format-specific I/O modules.
7394
7395The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7396has done much work with it since.
7397
7398The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7399
7400Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7401
7402The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7403University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7404
7405Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7406(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7407(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7408support a.out format.
7409
7be1c489
AM
7410Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7411tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7412Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7413use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7414targets.
7415
7416John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7417simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7418updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7419fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7420remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7421cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7422required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7423
7424Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
742568k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7426added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7427PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7428
653cfe85 7429Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7430
7431Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7432
7433Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7434along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7435formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7436the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7437
7438Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7439Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7440Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7441Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7442and some initial 64-bit support).
7443
c1253627 7444Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7445
252b5132
RH
7446Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7447support for openVMS/Alpha.
7448
39bec121
TW
7449Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7450flavors.
7451
e0001a05 7452David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7453Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7454
252b5132
RH
7455Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7456configuration enhancements.
7457
84e94c90
NC
7458Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7459
252b5132
RH
7460Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7461you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7462want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7463intentionally leaving anyone out.
7464
793c5807
NC
7465@node GNU Free Documentation License
7466@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7467@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7468
370b66a1
CD
7469@node AS Index
7470@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7471
7472@printindex cp
7473
252b5132
RH
7474@bye
7475@c Local Variables:
7476@c fill-column: 79
7477@c End:
This page took 0.944959 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.